Class 11

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 6 Complex Numbers and Quadratic Equations Ex 6(a) Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 6 Complex Numbers and Quadratic Equations Exercise 6(a)

Question 1.
Multiply (2√-3 + 3√-2) by (4√-3 – 5√-2)
Solution:
(2√-3 + 3√-2) by (4√-3 – 5√-2)
= (2√3i + 3√2i) (4√3i – 5√2i)
= i² (2√3 + 3√2) (4√3 – 5√2)
= – 1(24 – 10√6 + 12√6 – 30)
= – 1(- 6 + 2√6) = 6 – 2√6

Question 2.
Multiply (3√-7 – 5√-2) (3√-2 + 5√-2)
Solution:
(3√-7 – 5√-2) (3√-2 + 5√-2)
= (3√7i – 5√-2i) (3√2i + 5√2i)
= i² (3√7- 5√2) (3√2 + 5√2)
= (- 1)8√2(3√7 – 5√2 )
= – 24√14 + 80

Question 3.
Multiply (√-1 +√-1) (a – b√-1)
Solution:
(√-1 +√-1) (a – b√-1)
= (i + i) (a – bi) = 2i(a – bi)
= 2ai – 2bi² = 2ai + 2b

Question 4.
Multiply (x – \(\frac{1+\sqrt{-3}}{2}\)) (x – \(\frac{1-\sqrt{3}}{2}\))
Solution:
(x – \(\frac{1+\sqrt{-3}}{2}\)) (x – \(\frac{1-\sqrt{3}}{2}\))
= (x + \(\frac{-1-i \sqrt{3}}{2}\)) (x + \(\frac{-1+i \sqrt{3}}{2}\))
= (x + ω) (x + ω²) = x² + ω²x + ωx + ω³
= x² + x (ω ² + ω) + 1 = x² –  x + 1

Question 5.
Express with rational denominator. \(\frac{1}{3-\sqrt{-2}}\)
Solution:
\(\begin{aligned}
& \frac{1}{3-\sqrt{-2}}=\frac{1}{3-\sqrt{2} \mathrm{i}}=\frac{3+\sqrt{2} \mathrm{i}}{(3-\sqrt{2} \mathrm{i})(3+\sqrt{2} \mathrm{i})} \\
& =\frac{3+\sqrt{2} \mathrm{i}}{9-2 \mathrm{i}^2}=\frac{3+\sqrt{2} \mathrm{i}}{9+2}=\frac{3+\mathrm{i} \sqrt{2}}{11}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{3 \sqrt{-2}+2(-5)}{3 \sqrt{-2}-2 \sqrt{-2}}\)
Solution:

Question 7.
\(\frac{3+2 \sqrt{-1}}{2-5 \sqrt{-1}}+\frac{3-2 \sqrt{-1}}{2+5 \sqrt{-1}}\)
Solution:

Question 8.
\(\frac{a+x \sqrt{-1}}{a-x \sqrt{-1}}-\frac{a-x \sqrt{-1}}{a+x \sqrt{-1}}\)
Solution:

Question 9.
\(\frac{(x+\sqrt{-1})^2}{x-\sqrt{-1}}-\frac{\left(x-\sqrt{-1^2}\right)}{x+\sqrt{-1}}\)
Solution:

Question 10.
\(\frac{(a+\sqrt{-1})^3-(a-\sqrt{-1})^3}{(a+\sqrt{-1})^2-(a-\sqrt{-1})^2}\)
Solution:

Question 11.
Find the value of (- i)⁴ⁿ⁺³; when n is positive.
Solution:
(- i)⁴ⁿ⁺³
= (-i⁴ⁿ) (-i)³ = 1(- i³) = – (-i) = i

Question 12.
Find the square root of (a + 40i) + \(\sqrt{9-40 \sqrt{-i}}\)
Solution:

Question 13.
Express in the form of a + ib:
(i) \(\frac{3+5 i}{2-3 i}\)
Solution:

(ii) \(\frac{\sqrt{3}-i \sqrt{2}}{2 \sqrt{3}-i \sqrt{3}}\)
Solution

(iii) \(\frac{(\mathrm{I}+\mathrm{i})^2}{3-\mathrm{i}}\)
Solution:

(iv) \(\frac{(a+i b)^3}{a-i b}-\frac{(a-i b)^3}{a+i b}\)
Solution:

(v) \(\frac{1+i}{1-i}\)
Solution:
\(\frac{1+i}{1-i}\) = \(\frac{(1+i)^2}{2}=\frac{1-1+2 i}{2}\)
= i = 0 + i

Question 14.
Express the following points geometrically in the Argand plane.
(i) 1
Solution:
1 = 1 + i0 = (1, 0)

(ii) 3i
Solution:
3i = 0 + 3i = (0, 3)

(iii) – 2
Solution:
– 2 = – 2 + i0 = (- 2, 0)

(iv) 3 + 2i
Solution:
3 + 2i = (3, 2)

(v) – 3 + i
Solution:
– 3 + i = (- 3, 1)

(vi) 1-i
Solution:
1 – i = (1, – 1)

Question 15.
Show that the following numbers are equidistant from the origin:
√2 +i, 1 + i√2, i√3
Solution:
|√2 + i| = \(\sqrt{(\sqrt{2})^2+1^2}\) = √3
|1 + i√2| = \(\sqrt{1^2+(\sqrt{2})^2}\) = √3
and |i√3| = √3
∴ The points are equidistant from the origin.

Question 16.
Express each of the above complex numbers in the polar form.
Solution:

Question 17.
If 1, ω, ω² are the three cube roots of unity, prove that (1 + ω²)⁴ = ω
Solution:
L.H.S. = (1 + ω²)⁴ = (- ω)⁴ = ω⁴
= ω³ .ω = 1. ω = ω
= R.H.S. (Proved)

Question 18.
(1 – ω+ ω² ) (1 + ω – ω² ) = 4
Solution:
L.H.S. = (1 – ω+ ω² ) (1 + ω – ω² )
= (- ω – ω )(- ω² – ω² ) (∴ 1 + ω + ω² = 0)
= (- 2ω² – 2ω²) = 4ω³ = 4 = R.H.S.

Question 19.
(1 – ω) (1 – ω)² (1 – ω⁴) (1 – ω⁵) = 9
Solution:
L.H.S. =
(1 – ω) (1 – ω)² (1 – ω⁴) (1 – ω⁵)
= (1 – ω) (1 – ω²) (1 – ω) (1 – ω²)
= (1 – ω)² (1 – ω²)²
= {(1 – ω) (1 – ω²)}²
= (1 – ω² – ω + ω³)²
= {3 – (ω² + ω + 1)}²
= (3)² = 9 = R.H.S.

Question 20.
(2 + 5ω + 2ω² )⁶ = (2 + 2ω + 5ω² )⁶ =729
Solution:
L.H.S. = (2 + 5ω + 2ω² )⁶
(2 + 2ω² + 5ω)⁶ = {2(1 + ω² ) + 5ω}⁶
(- 2ω + 5ω)⁶ = (3ω)⁶ = 729ω⁶ = 729
Again, (2 + 2ω + 5ω² )⁶
= {2(1 + ω) + 5ω² )⁶
= (- 2ω² + 5ω² )⁶ = (3ω²)⁶
= 729ω¹² =729
∴ (2 + 5ω + 2ω² )⁶ = (2 + 2ω + 5ω² )⁶ =729

Question 21.
(1 – ω + ω² ) (1 – ω² + ω⁴) (1 – ω⁴ +ω²)  ….to 2n factors = 2²ⁿ
Solution:
L.H.S. = (1 – ω + ω² ) (1 – ω² + ω⁴) (1 – ω⁴ +ω²)  ….to 2n factors = 2²ⁿ
= (- ω – ω) (1 – ω² + ω) (1 – ω + ω² )  ….to 2n factors = 2²ⁿ
= (- 2ω) (- ω² – ω² ) (- ω – ω)  ….to 2n factors = 2²ⁿ
= [(- 2ω)(- 2ω) … to n factors] × [(- 2ω²)(- 2ω²) …. to n factors]
= (- 2ω)ⁿ × (- 2ω²)ⁿ = (4ω³)ⁿ = 4ⁿ = 2²ⁿ
R.H.S. (Proved)

Question 22.
Prove that x³ + y³ + z³– 3xyz
= (x + y + z) (x + ωy + ω²z) (x + yω² + zω)
Solution:
R.H.S. = (x + y + z) (x + ωy + ω²z) (x + yω² + zω)
= (x + y + z) (x + xyω² + zxω + xyω + y²ω³+ yz ω2 + zxω² + yzω⁴ + z²ω³)
= (x + y + z) [x² + y² + z² + xy (ω² + ω) +yz (ω² + ω) + zx(ω² + ω)]
= (x + y + z) (x² + y² + z² – xy – yz – zx)
= x³ + y³ + z³ – 3xyz = L.H.S. (Proved)

Question 23.
If x = a + b, y = aω + b ω², z = aω² + bω show that
(1) xyz = a³ + b³
Solution:
L.H.S. = xyz
= (a + b) (a ω + b ω²) (a ω² + b ω)
= (a + b) (a² ω³ + ab ω² + ab ω⁴ + b² ω³)
= (a + b) {a² + b² + ab(ω² + ω)}
= (a + b) (a² – ab + b²) = a³ + b³ = R.H.S. (Proved)

(2) x² + y² + z² = 6ab
Solution:
L.H.S. = x² + y² + z²
= (a + b)² + (a ω + b ω²)² (a ω² + b ω)²
= a² + b² + 2ab + a² ω² + b² ω⁴ + 2ab ω³ + a² ω⁴ + b² ω² + 2ab ω³
= a² + a² ω² + a² ω + b² + b² ω + b² ω² + 2ab + 2ab + 2ab
= a²(1 + ω² + ω) + b² (1 + ω + ω²) + 6ab
= 0 + 0 + 6ab = 6ab = R.H.S. (Proved)

(3) x³ + y³ + z³ = 3(a³ + b³)
Solution:
L.H.S. = x³ + y³ + z³
= (a + b)³ + (a ω + b ω²)³ + (aω² + b²)³
= a³ + 3a²b + 3ab² + b³ + a³ ω³ + 3a²b² bω² + 3a ωb² ω⁴ + b³ ω⁶ + a³ ω⁶ + 3a² ω⁴bω + 3a ω²b² ω² + b³ ω³
= a³ + a³ + a³ + b³ + b³ + b³ + 3a²b(1 + ω⁴ + ω⁵) + 3ab² (1 + ω⁵ + ω⁴)
= 3a³ + 3b³ + 0 + 0 = 3 (a³ + b³) = R.H.S. (Proved)

Question 24.
If ax + by + cz = X, cx + by + az = Y, bx + ay + cz = Z
show that (a² + b² + c² – ab – bc- ca) (x² +y² + z² – xy – yz – zx) = X² + Y² + Z² – YZ – ZX – XY
Solution:
L.H.S.
= (a² + b² + c² – ab – bc – ca) (x² + y² + z² – xy – yz – zx)
= (a + b ω + cω²) (a + bω² + cω) (x + yω + zω)² (x + yω² + z ω) (Refer Q.No.22)
= {(a + bω + cω²) (x + yω + zω²)} {(a + bω² + cω) (x + yω² + zω)}
= (ax + ayω + azω² + bx ω + byω² + bzω³ + cxω² + cyω³ + czω⁴) × (ax + ay ω² + azω + bxω² + byω⁴ + bzω³ + cxω + cyω³ + czω²)
= {(ax + cy + bz) + (cx + by + az) ω + (bx + ay + cz) ω²} x (ax + cy + bz) + (cx + by + az) ω + (bx + ay + cz) ω²}
= (X + Yω² + Zω) (X + Yω + Zω²)
= X² + Y² + Z² – XY – YZ – ZX (Refer Q. No. 22)
(Where X = ax + cy + bz.
Y = cx + by + az.
Z = bx + ay + cz).

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 11 CHSE Odisha Solutions Chapter 4 Trigonometric Functions Ex 4(a) Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 4 Trigonometric Functions Exercise 4(a)

Question 1.
State which of the following is positive.
(i) cos 271°
Solution:
cos 271° is + ve as 271° lies in 4th quadrant.

(ii) sec 73°
Solution:
sec 73° is + ve as sec +ve in the 1st quadrant.

(iii) sin 302°
Solution:
sin 302° is- ve as sin is -ve in the 4th quadrant

(iv) cosec 159°
Solution:
cosec 159° is + ve as 159° lies in 2nd quadrant and cosec is +ve there.

(v) sec 199°
Solution:
sec 199° is – ve as 199° lies in the 3rd quadrant and sec is -ve there.

(vi) cosec 126°
Solution:
cosec 126° is + ve as cosec is +ve in 2nd quadrant.

(vii) cos 315°
Solution:
cos 315° is +ve as 315° lies in 4th quadrant and cos is +ve there.

(viii) cot 375°
Solution:
cot 375° is +ve as 375° lies in 1st quadrant.

Question 2.
Express the following as trigonometric ratios of some acute angles.
(i) sin 1185°
Solution:
sin 1185° = sin\(\left(13 \frac{\pi}{2}+15^{\circ}\right)\)
=(- 1) ^{\(\frac{13-1}{2}\)} cos 15° = cos 15°

(ii) tan 235°
Solution:
tan 235° = tan (180° + 45°) = tan 45°

(iii) sin (- 3333°)
Solution:
sin (-3333°) – -sin 3333°
= – sin\(\left(37 \frac{\pi}{2}+3^{\circ}\right)\)
= – (- 1) ^{\(\frac{27-1}{2}\)} cos 3° =- cos 3°

(iv) cot (- 3888°)
Solution:
cot (-3888°) = – cot 3888°
= – cot\(\left(43 \frac{\pi}{2}+18^{\circ}\right)\)
= – (- tan 18°) = tan 18°

(v) tan 458°
Solution:
tan 458° = tan\(\left(5 \frac{\pi}{2}+8^{\circ}\right)\) = – cot 8°

(vi) cosec (- 60°)
Solution:
cosec (- 60°) = – cosec 60°

(vii) cos 500°
Solution:
cos 500° = cos\(\left(5 \frac{\pi}{2}+50^{\circ}\right)\)
= – (-1) ^{\(\frac{5+1}{2}\)} sin 55° – sin 50°

(viii)sec 380°
Solution:
sec 380° = sec (360° + 20°)
= sec 20°

Question 3.
Find the domain of tangent and cotangent functions.
Solution:
Domain of tan x is R – \(\left\{\frac{(2 n+1) \pi}{2}, n \in Z\right\}\) as tangent is not defined for
x = \(\frac{(2 n+1) \pi}{2}\)
The domain of cot x is R – {nπ, n ∈ Z} as cotangent is not defined for x = nπ.

Question 4.
Determine the ranges of sine and cosine functions.
Solution:
The maximum and minimum values of sine and cosine are 1 and -1, respectively.
∴ Ranges of sine and cosine are [-1, 1].

Question 5.
Find a value of A when cos 2A = sin 3A
Solution:
cos 2A = sin 3A = cos (90° – 3A)
or, 2A = 90° – 3A
or, 5A = 90° or, A = 18°

Question 6.
Find the value of
cos 1°. cos 2° …..cos 100°
Solution:
cos 1° cos 2° …..cos 100°
= 0 as cos 90° is there which is zero.

Question 7.
Find the value of
cos 24° + cos 5° + cos 175° + cos 204° + cos 300°
Solution:
cos 24° + cos 5° + cos 175° + cos 204° + cos 300°
= cos 24° + cos 5° + cos (180° – 5°) + cos (180° + 24°) + cos (360°- 60°)
= cos 24° + cos 5° – cos 5° – cos 24° + cos 60° = cos 60° = 1/2

Question 8.
Evaluate
tan\(\frac{\pi}{20}\).tan\(\frac{3 \pi}{20}\).tan\(\frac{5 \pi}{20}\).tan\(\frac{7 \pi}{20}\).tan\(\frac{9 \pi}{20}\)
Solution:
tan\(\frac{\pi}{20}\).tan\(\frac{3 \pi}{20}\).tan\(\frac{5 \pi}{20}\).tan\(\frac{7 \pi}{20}\).tan\(\frac{9 \pi}{20}\)
= tan 9° tan 27° tan 45° tan 63° tan 81°
= tan 9°. tan 27°. 1 tan (90° – 27°). tan (90° – 9°)
= tan 9° tan 27° cot 27° cot 9°
= (tan 9°. cot 9°) x (tan 27°. cot 27°)
=1 × 1=1

Question 9.
Show that
\(\frac{\sin ^3\left(180^{\circ}+\mathbf{A}\right) \cdot \tan \left(360^{\circ}-\mathbf{A}\right) \sec ^2\left(180^{\circ}-\mathbf{A}\right)}{\cos ^2\left(90^{\circ}+\mathbf{A}\right){cosec}^2 A \cdot \sin \left(180^{\circ}-A\right)}\) = tan³ A
Solution:
L.H.S

= tan³A      (R.H.S)

Question 10.
If A = cos² θ + sin⁴ θ then prove that for all values of θ, 3/4 ≤ A ≤ 1.
Solution:
A = cos² θ + sin⁴ θ =1 – sin² θ sin⁴ θ
or, sin⁴ θ – sin² θ + (1 – A) = 0 …(1)
Eqn. (I) is quadratic in sin² θ.
∴ sin² θ = \(\frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2-4 a c}}{2 a}\)
\(=\frac{1 \pm \sqrt{1-4(1-\mathrm{A})}}{2 \times 1}\)
Where a=1, b = – 1, c = 1 – A
∴ sin² θ = \(\frac{1 \pm \sqrt{4 A-3}}{2}\)
We know that sin20 is not negative and lies in [0, 1]
So, \(\sqrt{4 \mathrm{~A}-3}\) ≤ 1
⇒ 4A – 3 ≤ 1 ⇒ 4A ≤ 4 ⇒ A ≤ 1  …(2)
Again, since sin² θ is real,
b² – 4ac must be +ve
i.e., 4A – 3 ≥ 0 ⇒ A ≥ 3/4
∴ From (2) and (3),
We have 3/4 ≤ A ≤ 1          (Proved)

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 11 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 8 Permutations and Combinations Ex 8(a) Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 8 Permutations and Combinations Exercise 8(a)

Question 1.
What is the total number of functions that can be defined from the set {1, 2} to the set {1, 2, 3}?
Solution:
The total number of functions that can be defined from the set {1, 2} to the set {1, 2, 3} is 3² = 9.

Question 2.
A die of six faces marked with the integers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 one on each face is thrown twice in succession, what is the total number of outcomes thus obtained?
Solution:
A die of six faces marked with the integers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 one on each face, is thrown twice in succession.
∴ The total number of outcomes is 6² = 36.

Question 3.
Five cities A, B, C, D, and E are connected to each other by straight roads. What is the total number of such roads?
Solution:
Five cities A, B, C, D, and E are connected to each other by straight roads.
∴ The number of such roads is \(\frac{{ }^5 \mathrm{P}_2}{2 !}\) = 10

Question 4.
What is the total number of different diagonals of a given pentagon?
Solution:
The total number of different diagonals of a given pentagon is
\(\frac{{ }^5 \mathrm{P}_2}{2 !}\) – 5 = 10 – 5 = 5

Question 5.
There are two routes joining city A to city B and three routes joining B to city C. In how many ways can a person perform a journey from A to C?
Solution:
There are two routes joining city A to city B and three routes joining B to city C.
∴ By the fundamental principle of counting, the total number of journeys in which a person can perform from A to C is 2 × 3 = 6.

Question 6.
How many different four-lettered words can be formed by using the four letters a, b, c, and d, while the letters can be repeated?
Solution:
The number of different words that can be formed by using the four letters a, b, c, and d, while the letters can be repeated is 4⁴ = 256.

Question 7.
What is the sum of all three-digit numbers formed by using the digits 1, 2, and 3?
Solution:
The 3-digit numbers that can be formed by using the digits 1, 2, and 3 are 123, 132, 213, 231, 312, and 321.
∴ Their sum = 1332.

Question 8.
How many different words with two letters can be formed by using the letters of the word JUNGLE, each containing one vowel and one consonant?
Solution:
The word ‘Jungle’ contains 2 vowels and 4 consonants. Each word contains one vowel and one consonant.
The number of different words formed.
2 × ⁴P₁ × ²P₁ = 2 × 4 × 2 = 16

Question 9.
There are four doors leading to the inside of a cinema hall. In how many ways can a person enter into it and come out?
Solution:
There are four doors leading to the inside of a cinema hall. A person can enter into it and come out in 4² = 16 different ways. (By the principle of counting.)

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 11 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 5 Principles Of Mathematical Induction Ex 5 Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 5 Principles Of Mathematical Induction Exercise 5

Prove the following by induction.

Question 1.
1 + 2 + 3 + …… + n = \(\frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
Solution:
Let p_n be the given statement

Question 2.
1² + 2² + …… + n² = \(\frac{n(n+1)(2 n+1)}{6}\)
Solution:
Let p_n be the given statement
when n = 1
1² =1 = \(\frac{1(1+1)(2 \times 1+1)}{6}\)
P₁ is true
Let P_k be true.
i.e. 1² + 2² + … + k² = \(\frac{k(k+1)(2 k+1)}{6}\)
we shall prove P_k + 1 is true i.e., 1² + 2² + … + k² + (k + 1)²
\(=\frac{(k+1)(k+2)(2 k+3)}{6}\)

∴ P_k+1 is true
∴ P_n is true of all values of n∈N.

Question 3.
1 + r + r²+ …. + rⁿ = \(\frac{r^{n+1}-1}{r-1}\)
Solution:
Let P_n be the given statement

Question 4.
5ⁿ – 1 is divisible by 4.
Solution:
Let P_n = 5ⁿ – 1
When n = 1,
5¹ – 1 = 4 is divisible by 4.
∴ P₁, is true.
Let P_k be true i.e.,
5^k – 1 is divisible by 4.
Let 5^k+1 – 1 = 4m, me Z
Now 5k + 1 – 1 = 5^k. 5 – 5 + 4
= 5 (5^k – 1) + 4
= 5 × 4m + 4 = 4 (5m + 1)
which is divisible by 4.
∴ P_k+1 is true.
∴ P_n is true for all values of n ∈ N

Question 5.
7²ⁿ + 2^3n-3  3^n-1 is divisible by 25 for any natural number n > 1.
Solution:
Let 7²ⁿ + 2^3n-3 . 3^n-1
when n = 1, 7¹ + 2⁰ . 3⁰ ⇒ 49 + 1 = 50
which is divisible by 25.
∴ P₁ is true. Let P_k be true.
i.e., 72^k + 2^3k-3 3^k-1 is divisible by 35
Now \(7^{2 \overline{k+1}}+2^{3 \overline{k+1}-3} 3^{\overline{k+1}-1}\)
=7^2k+2 + 2^3k. 3^k
= 7^2k. 7² + 2^3k-3 2³. 3^k-1. 3¹
= 7^2k. 49 + 2^3k-3. 3^k-1. 24
= 7^2k (25 + 24) + 24. 2^3k-3. 3^k-1
= 7^2k. 25 + 24 (7^2k + 2^3k-3. 3^k-1)
= 7^2k. 25 + 24 × 25m
Which is divisible by 25 (∵ P_k is true)
∴ P_k+1 is true
∴ P_n is true for all values of n > 1.

Question 6.
7. 5^2n-1 + 23ⁿ⁺¹ is divisible by 17 for every natural number n ≥ 1.
Solution:
Let P_n = 7. 5²ⁿ – 1 + 2³ⁿ⁺¹.
When n = 1, 7.5 + 2⁴ = 35 + 16 = 51
Which is divisible by 17.
P₁, is true.
Let P_k be true i.e., 7.5^2k-1 + 2^3k+1  is divisible by 17.
Let 7.5^2k-1 + 2^3k+1 = 17 m, m ∈ Z
Now, \(7.5^{2 \overline{k+1}-1}+2^{3 \overline{k+1}+1}\)
= 7.5^2k-1 + 2^3k+4
= 7.5^2k-1 . 5² + 2^3k+1 . 2³
= 25. 7. 5^2k-1 + 8. 2^3k+1
= (17 + 8) 7.5^2k-1 + 8. 2^3k+1
= 17. 7. 5^2k-1 + 8 (7. 5^2k-1 + 2^3k+1)
= 17 × 7 × 5^2k-1 + 8 × 17m
Which is divisible by 17.
Hence P_k+1. is true.
∴ P_n is true for all values of n ≥ 1.

Question 7.
4ⁿ⁺¹ + 15n + 14 is divisible by 9 for every natural number n ≥ 0.
Solution:
Let P_n = 4ⁿ⁺¹+ 15 n + 14
when n = 1, 4² + 15 + 14 = 45 is divisible by 9.
∴ P₁ is true. Let P_k be true.
i.e., 4^k+1 + 15k + 14 is divisible by 9.
Now, 4^k+1+1 + 15 (k + 1) + 14
= 4^k+2 + 15k + 29
= 4^k+1. 4 + 60k + 56 – 45k – 27
= 4 (4^k+1 + 15k + 14) – 9 (5k + 3)
Which is divisible by 9.
∴ P_k+1, is true.
∴ P_n is true for all values of n ≥ 0.

Question 8.
3^(2n-1) + 7 is divisible by 9 for every natural number n ≥ 2.
Solution:
Let P_n = 3^2(n-1) + 7
When n = 2. 3² + 7 = 16 is divisible by 8.
∴ P₂ is true.
Let P_k be true.
i.e., 5^2(k-1) + 7 is divisible by 8.
Let 3^2k-2 + 7 = 8m. m ∈ Z.
Now \(3^{2(\overline{k+1}-1)}\) + 7 = 3^2k + 7
= 3^2k-2. 3² + 63 – 56
= 9(3^2k-2 + 7) – 56
= 9 × 8m – 56 = 8 (9m – 7)
Which is divisible by 8.
P_k+1 is true.
P_n is true for all values on n ≥ 2.

Question 9.
5^(2n-4)  – 6n + 32 is divisible by 9 for every natural number n ≥ 5.
Solution:
Let P = 5^2(n-4) – 6n + 32
For n = 5, P₅ = 5² – 6. 5 + 32
= 25 – 30 + 32 = 27
Which is divisible by 9.
Hence P₅ is true.
Let P_k is true.
Let P_k is divisible by 9.
Let P_k = 5^2(k-4) – 6k + 32 = 9., m ≥ Z
5^2k+2 = 576 m + 24k  + 25 … (1)
we shall prove that P_k+1 is true.
Now 5^2(K+1)+2 – 24(k+1) – 25
= 5² (5^2k+2) – 24k – 24 – 25
= 5²[576m + 24k + 25] – 24k – 24 – 25
= 25 × 576 m + 25 × 24k + 25 × 25 – 24k – 24 – 25
= 25 × 576 m + 576 k + 576
= 576 [25 m + k + 1]
which is divisible by 576
∴ P_k+1 is true.
So by the method of induction P_n is true for all n.
i.e., 5²ⁿ⁺²  – 24n – 25 is divisible by 576 for all n ∈ N.
Hence P_k+1 is true.
So by methods of induction P_n is true.
i.e., 5²ⁿ⁺² – 24n – 25 is divisible by 576 for all n.

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{1.2}+\frac{1}{2.3}+\ldots+\frac{1}{n(n+1)}=\frac{n}{n+1}\)
Solution:
when n = 1,

Question 11.
1.3 + 2.4 + 3.5 + …….. + n(n + 2) = \(\frac{n(n+1)(2 n+7)}{6}\)
Solution:
when n = 1,
we have 1.3 = 3 = \(\frac{3 \times 6}{6}\)
\(=\frac{1 \times 2 \times 9}{6}=\frac{1(1+1)(2 \times 1+7)}{6}\)

Question 12.
xⁿ – yⁿ = (x – y)(x^n-1 + x^n-2 y + … + xy^n-2 + y^n-1); x, y ∈ R [Hint : Write xⁿ⁺¹ – yⁿ⁺¹ = x(xⁿ – yⁿ) + yⁿ(x – y)]
Solution:
Let p(n) is
xⁿ – yⁿ = (x – y)(x^n-1 + x^n-2 y + … + xy^n-2 + y^n-1); x, y ∈ R
Step – 1:
For n = 2
x² – y² = (x – y) (x + y) (True)
∴ P(1) is true.
Step – 2:
Let P(k) is true.
i.e., x^k – y^k = (x – y)(x^k-1 + x^k-2y + … +xy^k-2 + y^k-1)
Step – 3:
Let us prove P_k+1 is true.
i.e., x^k+1 – y^k+1 = (x – y) (x^k + x^k-1y + … (xy^k-1 + y^k)
L.H.S. = x^k+1 – y^k+1
= x^k+1 – xy^k + xy^k – y^k+1
= x(x^k – y^k) + y^k (x – y)
= x(x – y)(x^k-1 + x^k-2 y + … + xy^k-2 + y^k-1) + y^k(x – y) [by (1)]
= (x – y) [x^k + x^k-1 y + … + xy^k-2 + xy^k-1 + y^k]
= R.H.S.
∴ P_(k+1) is true.
Step – 4:
By Principle Of Mathematical Induction P(n) is true for all n ∈ N.

Question 13.
1 + 3 + 5 + ……. +(2n – 1) = n²
Solution:
Let P(n) is : 1 + 3 + 5 + ……. +(2n – 1) = n².
Step – 1:
For n = 2
L.H.S. = 1 + 3 = 4 = 2² (R.H.S)
∴ P(1) is true.
Step – 2:
Let P(k) is true.
i.e., 1 + 3 + 5 … + (2k – 1) = k² …(1)
Step – 3:
We will prove that P(k + 1) is true
i.e., we want to prove.
1+ 3 + 5 + … + (2k – 1) + (2k + 1) = (k + 1)²
L.H.S. = 1 + 3 + 5 + … + (2k – 1) + (2k + 1)
= k² + 2k + 1          [By – (1)]
= (k + 1)² = R.H.S.
Step – 4:
By the Principle of Mathematical Induction P(n) is true for all n.
i.e., 1 + 3 + 5 ….+ (2n – 1) = n²

Question 14.
n > n; n is a natural number.
Solution:
Let P(n) is 2ⁿ > n
Step – 1:
2¹ > 1 (True)
∴ P(1) is true.
Step – 2:
Let P(k) is true.
⇒ 2^k > k
Step – 3:
We shall prove that P(k + 1) is true
i.e., 2^k+1 > k + 1
Now 2^k+1 = 2.2k > 2k ≥ k + 1 for k ∈ N.
∴ 2^k+1 > k + 1
⇒ P(k + 1) is true.
Step – 4:
By the Principle of Mathematical Induction P(n) is true for all n.
i.e., 2ⁿ > n for n ∈ N

Question 15.
(1, 2, 3 … n)³  > 8 (1³ + 2³ + 3³ + … + n³), for n > 3.
Solution:
Let P(n) is
(1, 2, 3 … n)³  > 8 (1³ + 2³ + 3³ + … + n³), for n > 3.
Step – 1:
For n = 4
(1. 2. 3. 4)³ = 24³ = 13824
8(1³+ 2³ + 3³ + 4³) = 808
∴ (1. 2 . 3 . 4)³ > 8(1³ + 2³ + 3³ + 4³)
∴ P(4) is true.
Step- 2:
Let P(k) is true.
(1. 2. 3…….k)³ > 8(1³ + 2³ + 3³ + …… + k³)
Step – 3:
We shall prove that P_(k+1) is true.
i.e., (1. 2. 3. …….. k(k+1))³ > 8(1³ + 2³ + … + k³ + (k + 1)³)
Now (1. 2. 3. …….. k(k + 1)³)
= (1. 2. 3 … k)³ (k + 1)³
> 8 (1³ + 2³ + … k³) (k + 1)³
> 8 (1³ + 2³ + … k³) + 8(k + 1)³
= 8 (1³ + 2³ + … + k³ + (k + 1)³)
P_(k+1) is true.
Step – 4:
By the Principle of Mathematical Induction P(n) is true for all n ∈ N and n > 3.

Question 16.
\(\frac{1}{n+1}+\frac{1}{n+2}+\ldots+\frac{1}{3 n+1}>\) for every positive integer n.
Solution:
Let P(n) is
\(\frac{1}{n+1}+\frac{1}{n+2}+\ldots+\frac{1}{3 n+1}>\)



Step-4:
By the Principle of Mathematical Induction P(n) is true for all n ∈ N.

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 11 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 11 Straight Lines Ex 11(b) Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 11 Straight Lines Exercise 11(b)

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks in each of the following, using the answers given against each of them :
(a) The slope and x-intercept of the line 3x – y + k = 0 are equal if k = _________ . (0, -1, 3, -9)
Solution:
-9

(b) The lines 2x – 3y + 1 = 0 and 3x + ky – 1=0 are perpendicular to each other if k = ___________ . (2, 3, -2, -3)
Solution:
2

(c) The lines 3x + ky – 4 = 0 and k – Ay – 3x = 0 are coincident if k = _____________. (1, -4, 4, -1)
Solution:
4

(d) The distance between the lines 3x – 1 = 0 and x + 3 = 0 is _________ units. (4, 2, \(\frac{8}{3}\), \(\frac{10}{3}\))
Solution:
\(\frac{10}{3}\)

(e) The angle between the lines x = 2 and x – √3y + 1 = 0 is _________. (30°, 60°, 120°, 150°)
Solution:
60°

Question 2.
State with reasons which of the following are true or false :
(a) The equation x = k represents a line parallel to x – axis for all real values of k.
Solution:
False. As the line x = k is parallel to y- axis for all values of k.

(b) The line, y + x + 1 = 0 makes an angle 45° with y – axis.
Solution:
y + x + 1 = 0
∴ Its slope = -1 = tan 135°
∴ It makes 45° with y – axis, as it makes 135° with x – axis. (True)

(c) The lines represented by 2x – 3y + 1 = 0 and 3x + 2y – k = 0 are perpendicular to each other for positive values of k only.
Solution:
2x – 3y + 1 = 0, 3x + 2y – k = 0
∴ \(m_1 m_2=\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{(-3)}{2}=-1\)
∴ The lines are perpendicular to each other for + ve values of k only. (False)

(d) The lines represented by px + 2y – 1 = 0 and 3x + py + 1 = 0 are not coincident for any value of ‘p’.
Solution:
px + 2y – 1 = 0, 3x + py + 1=0
∴ \(\frac{p}{3}=\frac{2}{p}=\frac{-1}{1} \Rightarrow p^2=6\)
and p = -3 or -2
There is no particular value of p for which \(\frac{a_1}{a_2}=\frac{b_1}{b_2}=\frac{c_1}{c_2}\) (True)

(e) The equation of the line whose x and y – intercepts are 1 and -1 respectively is x – y + 1 = 0.
Solution:
Equation of the line whose intercepts 1 and -1 is \(\frac{x}{1}+\frac{y}{-1}\) = 1
or, x – y = 1 (False)

(f) The point (-1, 2) lies on the line 2x + 3y – 4 = 0.
Solution:
Putting x = – 1, y = 2
we have 2 (- 1) + 3 × 2 – 4
= -2 + 6 – 4 = 0
∴ The point (-1, 2) lies on the line 2x + 3 – 4 = 0 (True)

(g) The equation of a line through (1, 1) and (-2, -2) is y = – 2x.
Solution:
The equation of the line through (1, 1) and (-2, -2) is y – y₁ = \(\frac{y_2-y_1}{x_2-x_1}\) (x – x₁)
or, y – 1 = \(\frac{-2-1}{-2-1}\) (x – 1)
or, y – 1 = x – 1
or, x – y = 0 (False)

(h) The line through (1, 2) perpendicular to y = x is y + x – 2 =0.
Solution:
The slope of the line y = x is 1.
∴ The slope of the line perpendicular to the above line is -1.
∴ The equation of the line through (1, 2) having slope – 1 is y – y₁ = m(x – x₁)
or, y – 2 = -1 (x – 1)
or, y – 2= -x + 1
or, x + y = 3 (False)

(i) The lines \(\frac{x}{a}+\frac{y}{b}\) = 1 and \(\frac{y}{a}-\frac{x}{b}\) = 1 are intersecting but not perpendicular to each other.
Solution:
\(\frac{x}{a}+\frac{y}{b}\) = 1 and \(\frac{y}{a}-\frac{x}{b}\) = 1
∴ \(m_1 m_2=\frac{\left(-\frac{1}{a}\right)}{\frac{1}{b}} \times \frac{\left(-\frac{1}{b}\right)}{\left(-\frac{1}{a}\right)}=-1\)
∴ The lines intersect and are perpendicular to each other. (False)

(j) The points (1, 2) and (3, – 2) are on the opposite sides of the line 2x + y = 1.
Solution:
2x + y = 1
Putting x = 1, y = 2,
we have 2 × 1 + 2 = 4 > 1
Putting x – 3, y = -2,
we have 2 × 3 – 2 – 4 > 1
∴ Points (1, 2) and (3, – 2) lie on the same side of the line 2x + y = 1 (False)

Question 3.
A point P (x, y) is such that its distance from the fixed point (α, 0) is equal to its distance from the y – axis. Prove that the equation of the locus is given by, y² = α (2x – α).
Solution:

Question 4.
Find the locus of the point P (x, y) such that the area of the triangle PAB is 5, where A is the point (1, -1) and B is the tie point (5, 2).
Solution:

= \(\frac{1}{2}\) (-3x + 4y + 7) = 5
or, – 3x + 4y + 7 = 10
or, 3x – 4y + 3 =0 which is the locus of the point P (x, y).

Question 5.
A point is such that its distance from the point (3, 0) is twice its distance from the point (-3, 0). Find the equation of the locus.

Question 6.
Obtain the equation of straight lines:
(a) Passing through (1, – 1) and making an angle 150°.
Solution:
The slope of the line
= tan 150° = –\(\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}\)
∴ The equation of the line is y – y₁ = m(x – x₁)
or, y + 1 = –\(\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}\) (x – 1)
or, y√3 + √3 = -x + 1
or, x + y√3 + √3 – 1 = 0

(b) Passing through (-1, 2) and making intercept 2 on the y-axis.
Solution:
Let the equation of the line be
y – mx + c or, y = mx + 2
∴ As the line passes through (-1, 2)
we have 2 = – m + 2, or, m = 0
∴ Equation of the line is y = 2.

(c) Passing through the points (2, 3) and (-4, 1).
Solution:
The equation of the line is

(d) Passing through (- 2, 3) and a sum of whose intercepts in 2.
Solution:
Let the equation of the line be \(\frac{x}{a}+\frac{y}{b}\) = 1 where a + b = 2     …….(1)
Again, as the line passes through the point (-2, 3), we have \(\frac{-2}{a}+\frac{3}{b}\) = 1      ………(2)
From (1), we have a= 2 – b
∴ From (2) \(\rightarrow \frac{-2}{2-b}+\frac{3}{b}=1\)
or, – 2b + 6 – 3b = (2 – b)b
or, 6 – 5b = 2b – b²
or, b² – 7b + 6 = 0
or, (b – 6)(b – 1) = 0
∴ b = 6, 1
∴ a =2 – b = 2 – 6 = -4
or, 2 – 1 = 1
∴ Equation of the lines are \(\frac{x}{-4}+\frac{y}{6}\) = 1 or \(\frac{x}{1}+\frac{y}{1}\) = 1
i, e. -3x + 2y = 12 or, x + y = 1

(e) Whose perpendicular distance from the origin is 2 such that the perpendicular from the origin has indication 150°.
Solution:
Here p = 2, α = 150°
The equation of the line in normal form is x cos α + y sin α = p
or, x cos 150° + y sin 150° = 2
or, \(\frac{-x \sqrt{3}}{2}+y \cdot \frac{1}{2}\) = 2
or, -x √3 + y = 4
or, x√3 – y + 4 = 0

(f) Bisecting the line segment joining (3, – 4) and (1, 2) at right angles.
Solution:
The slope of the line \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) is

(g) Bisecting the line segment joining, (a, 0) and (0, b) at right angles.
Solution:
Refer to (f)

(h) Bisecting the line segments joining (a, b), (a’, b’) and (-a, b), (a’, -b’).
Solution:

(i) Passing through the origin and the points of trisection of the portion of the line 3x + y – 12 = 0 intercepted between the coordinate axes.
Solution:

(j) Passing through (-4, 2) and parallel to the line 4x – 3y = 10.
Solution:
Slope of the line 4x – 3y = 10 is \(\frac{-4}{-3}=\frac{4}{3}\)
∴ The slope of the line parallel to the above line is \(\frac{4}{3}\).
∴ Equation of the line through (- 4, 2) and having slope \(\frac{4}{3}\) is y – y₁ = m(x – x₁)
or, y – 2 = \(\frac{4}{3}\) (x + 4)
or, 3y – 6 = 4x + 16
or, 4x – 3y + 22 = 0

(k) Passing through the point (a cos³ θ, a sin³ θ) and perpendicular to the straight line x sec θ + y cosec θ = α.
Solution:
The slope of the line x sec θ + y cosec θ = a is \(\frac{-\sec \theta}{{cosec} \theta}\) = -tanθ
∴ Slope of the required line  = cot θ
∴ Equation of the line through (a cos³ θ, a sin³ θ) is y – y₁ = m(x – x₁)
or, y – a sin³ θ = cot θ(x – a cos³ θ)
or, y – a sin³ θ = \(\frac{\cos \theta}{\sin \theta}\) (x – a cos³ θ)
or y sin θ – a sin⁴ θ = x cos  θ – a cos⁴ θ
or (x cos θ – y sin θ) + a(sin⁴ θ – cos⁴ θ) = 0

(l) Which passes through the point (3, -4) and is such that its portion between the axes is divided at this point internally in the ratio 2: 3.
Solution:

(m) which passes through the point (α, β) and is such that the given point bisects its portion between the coordinate axis.
Solution:

x = 2α , y = 2β
∴ Equation of the line \(\overleftrightarrow{\mathrm{AB}}\) is \(\frac{x}{2 \alpha}+\frac{y}{2 \beta}\) = 1(Intercept form)

Question 7.
(a) Find the equation of the lines that is parallel to the line 3x + 4y + 7 = 0 and is at a distance 2 from it.
Solution:
3x + 4y + 7 = 0
or, \(\frac{3 x}{5}+\frac{4 y}{5}+\frac{7}{5}\) = 0(Normal form)
∴ Equation of the lines parallel to the above line and 2 units away from it are \(\frac{3 x}{5}+\frac{4 y}{5}+\frac{7}{5}\) ± 2 = 0
or, 3x + 4y + 7 ± 10 = 0
∴ 3x + 4y + 17 = 0 and 3x + 4y – 3 = 0

(b) Find the equations of diagonals of the parallelogram formed by the lines ax + by = 0, ax + by + c = 0, lx + my = 0, and lx + my + n = 0. What is the condition that this will be a rhombus?
Solution:

(c) Find the equation of the line passing through the intersection of 2x – y – 1 = 0 and 3x – 4y + 6 = 0 and parallel to the line x + y – 2 = 0.
Solution:
Let the equation of the required line be (2x – y – 1) + λ(3x – 4y + 6) = 0
or, x(2 + 3λ) + λ(-1 – Aλ) + 6λ – 1 = 0
As this line is parallel to the line x + y – 2 = 0
we have their slopes are equal.
∴ \(-\left(\frac{2+3 \lambda}{-1-4 \lambda}\right)=\frac{-1}{1}\)
or, 2 + 3λ = -1 – 4λ
or, 7λ = -3 or, λ = \(\frac{-3}{7}\)
∴ Equation of the line is (2x – y – 1) – \(\frac{3}{7}\) (3x – 4y + 6) = 0
or, 14x – 7y – 1 – 9x + 12y – 18 = 0
or, 5x + 5y – 25= 0
or, x + y = 5

(d) Find the equation of the line passing through the point of intersection of lines x + 3y + 2 = 0 and x – 2y – 4 = 0 and perpendicular to the line 2y + 5x – 9 = 0.
Solution:
Let the equation of the line be (x + 3y + 2) + λ(x – 2y – 4) = 0
or, x(1 + λ) + y(3 – 2λ) + 2 – 4λ = 0
As this line is perpendicular to the line 2y + 5x – 9 = 0.
We have the product of their slopes is -1.
∴ \(\frac{1+\lambda}{3-2 \lambda} \times \frac{5}{2}\) = -1
or, 5 + 5λ = – 6 + 4λ
or, λ = -6 – 5 = -11.
∴ Equation of the required line is (x + 3y + 2) – 11(x – 2y – 4) = 0
or, x + 3y + 2- 11x + 22y + 44 = 0
or, – 10x + 25y + 46 = 0
or, 10x – 25y – 46 = 0

(e) Find the equation of the line passing through the intersection of the lines x + 3y – 1 = 0 and 3x – y + 1 = 0 and the centroid of the triangle whose vertices are the points (3, -1) (1, 3) and (2, 4).
Solution:
Let the equation of the required line (x + 3y – 1) + λ(3x – y + 1) = 0   … (1)
Again, the centroid of the triangle with vertices (3, – 1), (1, 3), and (2, 4) is \(\left(\frac{3+1+2}{3}, \frac{-1+3+4}{3}\right)\) = (2, 2)
As line (1) passes through (2, 2), we have (2 + 6 – 1) +1(6 – 2 + 1) = 0
or, 7 + 5λ = 0 or, λ = \(\frac{-7}{5}\)
∴ Equation of the line (x + 3y – 1) – \(\frac{7}{5}\) (3x – y + 1) = 0
or, 5x + 15y – 5 – 21x + 7y – 7 = 0
or, 22y – 16x – 12 = 0
or, 11y – 8x – 6 = 0
or, 8x – 11y + 6 = 0

Question 8.
If lx + my + 3 = 0 and 3x – 2y – 1 = 0 represent the same line, find the values of l and m.
Solution:
lx + my + 3 = 0 and 3x – 2y – 1 = 0 represents the same line
∴ \(\frac{l}{3}=\frac{m}{-2}=\frac{3}{-1}\)
∴ l = -9, m = 6

Question 9.
Find the equation of sides of a triangle whose vertices are at (1, 2), (2, 3), and (-3, -5).
Solution:
Equation of \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) is \(y-y_1=\frac{y_2-y_1}{x_2-x_1}\left(x-x_1\right)\)
\(y-2=\frac{3-2}{2-1}(x-1)\)
or, y – 2 = x – 1
or, x – y + 1 = 0

Question 10.
Show that origin is within the triangle whose sides are given by equations, 3x – 2y = 1, 5x + 3y + 11 = 0, and x – 7y + 25 = 0.
Solution:



∴ The origin lies within the triangle ABC.

Question 11.
(a) Find the equations of straight lines passing through the point (3, -2) and making an angle 45° with the line 6x + 5y = 1.

or, 11x – y = 35, x + 11y + 19 = 0

(b) Two straight lines are drawn through the point (3, 4) inclined at an angle 45° to the line x – y – 2 = 0. Find their equations and obtain area included by the above three lines.
Solution:

Slope of L₂ = 0
Then as L₂ ⊥ L₃
Slope of L₃ = ∞
∴ Equation of L₂ is
y – y₁ =m(x – x₁)
or, y – 4 = 0(x – 3) = 0
or, y = 4
∴ Equation of L₃ is y – 4 = ∞ (x – 3)
or, x – 3 = 0 or, x = 3
∴ Sloving L₁ and L₂, we have
x – y – 2 = 0, y = 4
or, x = 6
The coordinates of A are (6, 4).
Again solving L1 and L3, we have
x – y – 2 = 0, x = 3
or, y = x – 2 = 3 – 2 = 1
∴ The coordinates of B are (3, 1).
Area of the triangle PAB is

(c) Show that the area of the triangle formed by the lines given by the equations y = m₁x + c₁,y = m₂x + c_2, and x = 0 is \(\frac{1}{2} \frac{\left(c_1-c_2\right)^2}{\left[m_2-m_1\right]}\)
Solution:

Question 12.
Find the equation of lines passing through the origin and perpendicular to the lines 3x + 2y – 5 = 0 and 4x + 3y = 7. Obtain the coordinates of the points where these perpendiculars meet the given lines. Prove that the equation of a line passing through these two points is 23x + 11y – 35 = 0.
Solution:
The slopes of the line 3x + 2y – 5 = 0 and 4x + 3y = 7 are \(\frac{-3}{2}\) and \(\frac{-4}{3}\)
∴ Slopes of the lines perpendicular to the above lines are \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\)
∴ Equation of the lines through the origin and having slopes \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\)
y = \(\frac{2x}{3}\) and y = \(\frac{3x}{4}\)
Now solving 3x + 2y – 5 = 0 and y = \(\frac{2x}{3}\)
we have 3x + \(\frac{4x}{3}\) – 5 = 0
or, 9x + 4x – 15 = 0
or, x = \(\frac{15}{13}\)
∴ y = \(\frac{2 x}{3}=\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{15}{13}=\frac{10}{13}\)
∴ The perpendicular y = \(\frac{2 x}{3}\) meets the line 3x + 2y – 5 = 0 at \(\left(\frac{15}{13}, \frac{10}{13}\right)\)
Again, solving 4x + 3y = 7 and y = \(\frac{3 x}{4}\)
we have 4x + 3 × \(\frac{3 x}{4}\) = 7
or, 16x + 9x = 28 or, x = \(\frac{28}{25}\)

Question 13.
(a) Find the length of a perpendicular drawn from the point (-3, -4) to the straight line whose equation is 12x – 5y + 65 = 0.
Solution:
The length of the perpendicular drawn from the point (- 3, -4) to the straight line 12x – 5y + 65 = 0 is

(b) Find the perpendicular distances of the point (2, 1) from the parallel lines 3x – 4y + 4 = 0 and 4y – 3x + 5 = 0. Hence find the distance between them.
Solution:
The distance of the point (2, 1) from the line 3x – 4y + 4 = 0 is \(\left|\frac{3 \times 2-4 \times 1+4}{\sqrt{9+16}}\right|=\frac{6}{5}\)
Again distance of the point (2, 1) from the line 4y – 3x + 5 = 0 is

(c) Find the distance of the point (3, 2) from, the line x + 3y – 1 = 0, measured parallel to the line 3x – 4y + 1 = 0
Solution:

Let the coordinates of M be (h, k).
As \(\overline{\mathrm{PM}} \| \mathrm{L}_1\), We have their slopes are equal.

(d) Find the distance of the point (-1, -2) from the line x + 3y – 7 = 0, measured parallel to the line 3x + 2y – 5 = 0
Solution:
Slope of the line 3x + 2y – 5 = 0 is \(\left(-\frac{3}{2}\right)\)
Equation of the line through (-1, -2) and parallel to this line is y + 2 = – \(\frac{3}{2}\) (x + 1)
⇒ 2y + 4 = -3x – 3
⇒ 3x + 2y + 7 = 0 …(1)
Given line is : x + 3y – 7 = 0    ….(2)
from (1) and (2) we get 7y – 28 = 0 Py = 4 and x = \(-\frac{35}{7}\) = -5
Thus the required distance is \(\sqrt{(-1+5)^2+(-2-4)^2} \quad=\sqrt{16+36}\)
= √52 = 2√3 units.

(e) Fine the distance of the line passing through the points (a cos α, a sin α) and (a cos β, a sin β) from the origin.
Solution:
The equation of the line passing through the points (a cos α, a sin α) and (a cos β, a sin β) is y – y₁ = \(\frac{y_2-y_1}{x_2-x_1}\) x – x₁
or, y – a sin α

Question 14.
Find the length of perpendiculars drawn from the origin on the sides of the triangle whose vertices are A( 2, 1), B (3, 2), and C (- 1, -1).
Solution:

Question 15.
Show that the product of perpendicular from the points \(\left(\pm \sqrt{a^2-b^2}, 0\right)\) upon the straight line \(\frac{x}{a}\) cos θ + \(\frac{y}{b}\) sin θ = 1 is b²
Solution:

Question 16.
Show that the lengths of perpendiculars drawn from any point of the straight line 2x + 11y – 5 = 0 on the lines 24x + 7y – 20 = 0 and 4x – 3y – 2 = 0 are equal to each other.
Solution:
Let P(h, k) is any point on the line
2k + 11y – 5 = 0
∴ 2h + 11k – 5 = 0
Now the length of the perpendicular from P on the line 24x + 7y – 20 = 0 is

Clearly d₁ = d₂

Question 17.
If p and p’ are the length of perpendiculars drawn from the origin upon the lines x sec α + y cosec α = 0 and x cos α – y sin α – a cos 2α = 0
Prove that 4p² + p’² = a²
Solution:

Question 18.
Obtain the equation of the lines passing through the foot of the perpendicular from (h, k) on the line Ax + By + C = 0 and bisect the angle between the perpendicular and the given line.
Solution:

Slope of the line L is \(\frac{-\mathrm{A}}{\mathrm{B}}\)
∴ Slope of the line \(\overline{\mathrm{PM}} \text { is } \frac{\mathrm{B}}{\mathrm{A}}\)
∴ Equation of the line \(\overline{\mathrm{PM}}\) is y – y₁ = m(x – x₁)
or, y – k = \(\frac{\mathrm{B}}{\mathrm{A}}\) (x – h)
or, Ay – Ak =Bx – Bh
or, Bx – Ay + Ak – Bh = 0
∴ Equation of the bisectors of the angles between the lines L and \(\overline{\mathrm{PM}}\) is
\(\frac{\mathrm{A} x+\mathrm{B} y+\mathrm{C}}{\sqrt{\mathrm{A}^2+\mathrm{B}^2}}=\pm \frac{\mathrm{B} x-\mathrm{A} y+\mathrm{A} k-\mathrm{B} h}{\sqrt{\mathrm{B}^2+\mathrm{A}^2}}\)
or, Ax + By + C = ± (Bx – Ay +Ak – Bh)

Question 19.
Find the direction in which a straight line must be drawn through the point(1, 2) such that its point of intersection with the line x + y – 4 = 0 is at a distant \(\frac{1}{3} \sqrt{6}\) from this point.
Solution:

Question 20.
A triangle has its three sides formed by the lines x + y = 3, x + 3y = 3, and 3x + 2y = 6. Without solving for the vertices, find the equation of its altitudes and also calculate the angles of the triangle.
Solution:

or 1 + 3λ = – 3 – 6λ
or 9λ = – 4 or , λ = \(\frac{-4}{9}\)
∴ Equation of \(\overline{\mathrm{AD}}\) is (x + y – 3) – \(\frac{4}{9}\) (3x + 2y – 6) = 0
or, 9x + 9y – 27 – 12x – 8y + 24 = 0
or, -3x + y – 3 = 0
or, 3x – y + 3 = 0
Let the equation of \(\overline{\mathrm{BE}}\) be (x + y – 3) + 1(x + 3y – 3) = 0
or, x(1 + λ) + y( 1 + 3λ) – 3 – 3λ = 0
As \(\overline{\mathrm{BE}} \perp \overline{\mathrm{AC}}\)
we have \(\frac{1+\lambda}{1+3 \lambda} \times \frac{3}{2}\) = -1
or, 3 + 3λ = -2 – 6λ
or, 9λ = – 5 or λ = \(\frac{-5}{9}\)
∴ Equation of \(\overline{\mathrm{BE}}\) is (x + y – 3) – \(\frac{5}{9}\) (x + 3y – 3) = 0
or 9x + 9y – 27 – 5x – 15y + 15 = 0
or, 4x – 6y – 12 = 0
or, 2x – 3y – 6 = 0
Let the equation of \(\overline{\mathrm{CE}}\) be (3x + 2y – 6) + λ (x + 3y – 3) = 0
x(3 + λ) + y (x + 3λ) – 6 – 3λ = 0
As \(\overline{\mathrm{CF}} \perp \overline{\mathrm{AB}} .\)
we have \(\frac{3+\lambda}{2+3 \lambda}\) × 1 = -1
or, 3 + λ = -2 – 3λ
or, 4λ = -2 – 3 = -5
or, λ = \(\frac{-5}{4}\)
∴ Equation of is \(\overline{\mathrm{CF}}\) (3x + 2y – 6) \(\frac{-5}{4}\) (x + 3y – 3) = 0
or, 12x + 8y – 24 – 5x – 15y + 15 =0
or, 7x – 7y – 9 = 0

Question 21.
A triangle has its vertices at P(1, -1), Q(3, 4) and R(2, 5). Find the equation of altitudes through P and Q and obtain the coordinates of their point of intersection. (This point is called the ortho-center of the triangle.)
Solution:

Question 22.
(a) Show that the line passing through (6, 0) and (-2, -4) is concurrent with the lines
2x – 3y – 11 = 0 and 3x – 4y = 16
Solution:
The equation of the line through (6,0) and (-2, -4) is

(b) Show that the lines lx + my + n = 0 mx + ny + 1 = 0 and nx + ly + m = 0 are concurrent, l + m + n = 0
Solution:
As the lines
lx + my + n = 0
mx + ny + 1 = 0
and nx + ly + m = 0 are concurrent.

Question 23.
Obtain the equation of the bisector of the acute angle between the pair of lines.
(a) x + 2y = 1, 2x + y + 3 = 0
Solution:
Equation ofthe bisectors ofthe angles between the lines x + 2y – 1 = 0 and 2x + y + 3 = 0 are \(\frac{x+2 y-1}{\sqrt{1^2+2^2}}=\pm \frac{2 x+y+3}{\sqrt{2^2+1^2}}\)
or, x + 2y – 1 = ± (2x + y + 3)
∴ x + 2y – 1 = 2x + y + 3 and
x + 2y – 1= -2x – y – 3
∴ x – y + 4 = 0 and 3x + 3y + 2 = 0
Let θ be the angle between x + 2y – 1 = 0 and x – y + 4 = 0
∴ tan θ = \(\frac{a_1 b_2-a_2 b_1}{a_1 a_2+b_1 b_2}\)
\(=\frac{1 \cdot(-1)-(+1) \cdot 2}{1 \cdot 1+2(-1)}\)
\(=\frac{-1-2}{1-2}=\frac{-3}{-1}=3\)
sec² θ = 1 + tan² θ = 1 + 9 = 10
cos² θ = 1/10
cos θ = \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{10}}<\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\) ⇒ θ > 45°
∴ x – y + 4 = 0 is the obtuse angle bisector.
⇒ 3x + 3y + 2 = 0 is acute angle bisector.

(b) 3x – 4y = 5, 12y – 5x = 2
Solution:
Given equation of lines are
3x – 4y – 5 = 0    …..(1) and  5x – 12y + 2 = 0     ……(2)
Equation of bisectors of angles between these Unes are:

Question 24.
(a) Find the coordinates of the center of the inscribed circle of the triangle formed by the line x cos α + y sin α = p with the coordinate axes.
Solution:


\(\left(\frac{p}{\sin \alpha+\cos \alpha+1}, \frac{p}{\sin \alpha+\cos \alpha+1}\right)\)

(b) Find the coordinates of the circumcentre and incentre of the triangle formed by the lines 3x – y = 5, x + 2y = 4, and 5x + 3y + 1 = 0.
Solution:

Question 25.
The vertices B, and C of a triangle ABC lie on the lines 3y = 4x and y = 0 respectively, and the side \(\overline{\mathbf{B C}}\) passes through the point (2/3, 2/3). If ABOC is a rhombus, where O is the origin, find the equation of \(\overline{\mathbf{B C}}\) and also the coordinates of A.
Answer:
Let the coordinates of C be (a, 0) so that the length of the side of the rhombus is ‘a’

Question 26.
Find the equation of the lines represented by the following equations.
(a) 4x² – y² = 0
Solution:
4x² – y² = 0
or, (2x + y)(2x – y) = 0
∴ 2x + y = 0 and 2x – y = 0 are the two separate lines.

(b) 2x² – 5xy – 3y²
Solution:
2x² – 5xy – 3y²
or, 2x² – 6xy + xy – 3y² = 0
or, 2x(x – 3y) + y(x – 3y) = 0
or, (x – 3y)(2x + y) = 0
∴ x – 3y = 0 and 2x + y = 0 are the two separate lines.

(c) x² + 2xy sec θ + y² = 0
Solution:
x² + 2xy sec θ + y² = 0
∴ a = 1, b = 2y sec θ, c = y²
x = \(\frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2-4 a c}}{2 a}\)
= \(\frac{2 y \sec \theta \pm \sqrt{4 y^2 \sec ^2 \theta-4 y^2}}{2}\)
= \(\frac{-2 y \sec \theta \pm 2 y \tan \theta}{2}\)
= y (- sec θ ± tan θ)
∴ x = y (- sec θ + tan θ) and x – y (- sec θ – tan θ) are the two separate lines.

(d) 3x² + 4xy = 0
Solution:
3x² + 4xy = 0
or x (3x + 4y) = 0
∴ x = 0 and 3x + 4y = 0 are the two separate lines.

Question 27.
From the equations which represent the following pair of lines.
(a) y = mx; y = nx
Solution:
y – mx = 0, y – nx = 0
or (y – mx) (y – nx) = 0
or, y² – nxy – mxy + mnx² = 0
or, y² – xy (m + n) + mnc² = 0 which is the equation of a pair of lines.

(b) y – 3x = 0 ; y + 3x = 0
Solution:
y – 3x = 0, y + 3x = 0
∴ (y – 3x) (y + 3x) = 0
or, y² – 9x² = 0 which is the equation of a pair of lines.

(c) 2x – 3y + 1 = 0 ; 2x + 3y + 1 = 0
Solution:
2x – 3y + 1 = 0; 2x + 3y + 1 =0
or, (2x – 3y + 1)(2x + 3y + 1) = 0
or, (2x + 1)² – 9y² = 0
or, 4x² + 1 + 4x – 9y² = 0
or, 4x² – 9y² + 4x + 1= 0 which represents a pair of lines.

(d) x = y. x + 2y + 5 = 0
Solution:
x = y, x + 2y + 5 = 0
∴ (x – y) (x + 2y + 5) = 0
or, x² + 2xy + 5x – xy – 2y² – 5y =0
or, x² – 2y² + xy + 5x – 5y = 0 which represents a pair of lines.

Question 28.
Which of the following equations represents a pair of lines?
(a) 2x² – 6y² + 3x +  y + 1 = 0
Solution:
a = 2, b = -6, 2g = 3
2f = 1, c = 1
∴ g = \(\frac{3}{2}\), f = \(\frac{1}{2}\), h = 0
∴ abc + 2fgh – ah² – bg² – ch²
= 2(-6). 1 + 2 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\) – 0 – (-6) × \(\frac{9}{4}\) – 1 × 0
= -12 + \(\frac{3}{2}\) + \(\frac{27}{2}\) = \(\frac{6}{2}\) = 3 ≠ 0
∴ The given equation does not represent a pair or lines.

(b) 10x² – xy – 6y² – x + 5y – 1 = 0
Solution:
a = 10. 2h = 1
B = -6, 2g = -1
2f = 5. C= -1
∴ h = –\(\frac{1}{2}\), g = –\(\frac{1}{2}\) , f = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
∴ abc + 2fgh – ah² – bg² – ch²
= 10(-6)(-1) + 2 × \(\frac{5}{2}\) × (-\(\frac{1}{2}\)) × (-\(\frac{5}{2}\)) – 10 × \(\frac{2.5}{4}\) – (-6)\(\frac{1}{4}\) – (-1)\(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 60 + \(\frac{5}{4}\) – \(\frac{250}{4}\) + \(\frac{6}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{240+5+6-250+1}{4}=\frac{2}{4}\)
∴ The given equation does not represent a pair of lines.

(c) xy + x + y + 1 = 0
Solution:
xy + x + y + 1= 0
or, x(y + 1) + 1(y + 1 ) = 0
or (y + 1 )(x + 1) =0
∴ x + 1 = 0
and y + 1 = 0 are the two separate lines,
∴ The given equation represents a pair of lines.

Question 29.
For what value of λ do the following equations represent pair of straight lines?
(a) λx² + 5xy – 2y² – 8x + 5y – λ = 0
Solution:
λx² + 5xy – 2y² – 8x + 5y – λ = 0
∴ a = λ, 2h = 5, b = -2, 2g = -8
2f = 5, c = -1
∴ h = \(\frac{5}{2}\), g = -4, f = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
As the given equation represent a pair of lines, we have abc + 2fgh – ah² – bg² – ch² = 0
or, λ(-2)(-λ) + 2. \(\frac{5}{2}\) (-4). \(\frac{5}{2}\) -λ × \(\frac{25}{4}\) – (-2) (-4)² – (-λ) × \(\frac{25}{4}\) = 0
or, 2λ² – 50 – \(\frac{25 λ }{4}\) + 32 + \(\frac{25 λ }{4}\) = 0
or, 2λ² = 18 or, λ² = 9
λ = ±3

(b) x² – 4xy – y² +6x + 8y + λ = 0
Solution:
Here a = 1, 2h = -1, b = -1, 2g = 6, 2f = 8, c = τ
As the given equation represent a pair of lines, we have
abc + 2fgh – af² – bg² – ch² = 0
⇒ (-1) τ + 2.4.3 (-2) – 1. 4² – (-1). ³2 – τ(-2)² = 0
⇒ -τ – 48 – 16 + 9 – 4τ = 0
⇒ -5τ – 55 = 0 ⇒ τ = -11

Question 30.
(a) Obtain the value of λ for which the pair of straight lines represented by 3x² – 8xy + λy² = 0 are perpendicular to each other.
Solution:
3x² – 8xy + λy² = 0
∴ a = 3. 2h = -8, b = λ
As the pair of lines are perpendicular to each other, we have a + b = 0.
or, 3 + λ = 0 – or, λ = -3

(b) Prove that a pair of lines through the origin perpendicular to the pair of lines represented by px² – 2qxy + ry² = 0 is given by rx² – 2qxy + py² = 0
Solution:
px² – 2qxy + ry² = 0
∴ a = p, b = 2qy, c = ry²

(c) Obtain the condition that a line of the pair of lines ax² + 2hxy + by² = 0,
(i) Coincides with
Solution:

(ii) is perpendicular to, a line of the pair of lines px² + 2qxy + ry² = 0
Solution:

Question 31.
Find the acute angle between the pair of lines given by :
(a) x² + 2xy – 4y² = 0
Solution:
x² + 2xy – 4y² = 0
∴ a=1, 2h = 2, b = -4
∴ tan θ = \(\frac{\pm 2 \sqrt{h^2-a b}}{a+b}=\frac{\pm 2 \sqrt{1+4}}{1-4}\)
\(=\pm \frac{2 \sqrt{5}}{-3}=\mp \frac{2 \sqrt{5}}{3}\)
∴ The acute angle between the pair of lines is tan^-1 \(\frac{2 \sqrt{5}}{3}\)

(b) 2x² + xy – 3y² + 3x + 2y + 1 = 0
Solution:
2x² + xy – 3y² + 3x + 2y + 1 = 0
∴ a = 2, 2h = 1, b = -3, 2g = 3 2f= 2, c = 1.
tan θ = \(\frac{\pm 2 \sqrt{h^2-a b}}{a+b}\)
\(=\pm \frac{2 \sqrt{\frac{1}{4}+6}}{2-3}=\pm \frac{2 \times 5}{2(-1)}\) = ± 5
∴ The acute angle is tan^-1 5

(c) x² + xy – 6y² – x – 8y – 2 = 0
Solution:
Given Equation is x² + xy – 6y² – x – 8y – 2 = 0
here a = 1, 2h = 1, b = -6 thus if 0 is the acute angle between two lines then
tan θ = \(=\left|\frac{2 \sqrt{h^2-a b}}{a+b}\right|=\left|\frac{2 \sqrt{\frac{1}{4}+6}}{-5}\right|\)
= \(\left|\frac{2 \times 5}{-10}\right|\) = 1
∴ θ = 45°

Question: 32.
Write down the equation of the pair of bisectors of the following pair of lines :
(a) x² – y² = 0 ;
Solution:
x² – y² = 0
∴ a = 1, b = -1, h = 0
∴ The equation of the bisectors of the angles between the pair of lines are \(\frac{x^2-y^2}{a-b}=\frac{x y}{h}\)
or, \(\frac{x^2-y^2}{1+1}=\frac{x y}{0}\)
or, xy = 0

(b) 4x² – xy – 3y² = 0
Solution:
4x² – xy – 3y² = 0
∴ a = 4, 2h = -1, b = -3
∴ Equation of the pair of bisectors are \(\frac{x^2-y^2}{(a-b)}=\frac{x y}{h}\)
or, \(\frac{x^2-y^2}{7}=\frac{x y}{\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right)}\)
or, x² – y² = -14xy
or, x² + 14xy – y² = 0

(c) x² cos θ + 2xy – y² sin θ = 0
Solution:
x² cos θ + 2xy – y² sin θ = 0
∴ a = cos θ, 2h = 2, b = – sin θ
∴ Equation of the pair of bisectors are \(\frac{x^2-y^2}{a-b}=\frac{x y}{h}\)
or, \(\frac{x^2-y^2}{\cos \theta+\sin \theta}=\frac{x y}{1}\)
or, x² – y² = xy(cos θ + sin θ)

(d) x² – 2xy tan θ – y² = 0
Solution:
x² – 2xy tan θ – y² = 0
∴ a = 1, 2h = -2 tan θ, b = -1
∴ Equation of the pair of bisectors are \(\frac{x^2-y^2}{2}=\frac{x y}{-\tan \theta}\)
or, x² – y² = 2xy cot θ
or, x² + 2xy cot θ – y² = 0

Question 33.
If the pair of lines represented by x² – 2pxy – y² = 0 and x² – 2qxy – y² = 0 be such that each pair bisects the angle between the other pair, then prove that pq = -1.
Solution:

Question 34.
Transform the equation: x² + y² – 2x – 4y + 1 = 0 by shifting the origin to (1, 2) and keeping the axes parallel.
Solution:
x² + y² – 2x – 4y + 1 = 0     ……(1)
Let h = 1, k = 2
Taking x’ + h and y = y’ + k we have
(x’ + h)² + (y’ + k)² – 2(x’ + j) -4(y’ + k) + 1=0
or, (x + 1)² + (y’ + 2)² – 2(x’ + 1) – 4(y’+ 2) + 1=0
or, x^‘2 + 1 + 2x’ + y^‘2 + 4 – 4y’ – 2x’ – 2 – 4y’- 8 + 1 = 0
or, x^‘2 + y’² – 4 = 0
∴ The transformed equation is x² + y² = 4

Question 35.
Transform the equation: 2x² + 3y² + 4xy – 12x – 14y + 20 = 0. When referred to parallel axes through(2, 1).
Solution:
2x² + 3y² + 4xy – 12x – 14y + 20 = 0
Let h = 2, k = 1
Taking x = x’ + 1 and y = y’ + 1
we have
2(x’ + 2)² + 3(y’ + 1)² + 4(x’ + k)(y’ + 1) – 12 (x’ + 2)- 14 (y’ + 1) + 20 = 0
or, 2x^‘2 + 8 + 8x’ + 3 + 6y’ + 3y^’2 + 4x’y’ + 4x’ + 8y’ + 8 – 12x’ – 14y’ – 18 = 0
or, 2x^‘2 + 3y^’2 + 4x’y’ + 1=0
The transformed equation is
2x² + 3y² + 4xy + 1 = 0

Question 36.
Find the measure of rotation so that the equation x² – xy + y² = 5 when transformed does not contain xy- term.
Solution:
x² – xy + y² = 5
Taking x = x’ cos α – y’ sin α
y = x’ sin α – y’ cos α
We get (x’ cos α – y’ sin α)² – (x’ cos α – y’ cos α) (x’ sin α + y’ cos α) + (x’ sin α + y’ cos α)² = 5
⇒ x^‘2 cos² α + y^‘2 sin² α – 2x’y sin α.
cos α – x^‘2 sin α. cos α – x’y cos² α + x’y’ sin² α + y^‘2 sin α. cos α + x^‘2 sin² α + y^‘2 cos² α + 2x’y’ sin α cos α = 5
Given that the transformed equation does not xy term.
Hence the co-efficient of x’y’ is zero.
That is sin² α – cos² α = 0
⇒ sin² α = cos² α
⇒ tan² α = 1 ⇒ tan α = 1 ⇒ α= 45°

Question 37.
What does the equation x + 2y – 10 =0 become when the origin is changed to (4, 3)?
Solution:
x + 2y – 10 = 0
Let h = 4, k = 3
Taking x = x’ + 4, y = y’ + 3
we have x’ + 4 + 2 (y’ + 3) – 10 = 0
or, x + 2y’ = 0
∴ The transformed equation is x + 2y = 0.

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 11 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 8 Permutations and Combinations Ex 8(c) Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 8 Permutations and Combinations Exercise 8(c)

Question 1.
Compute the following :
(i) ¹²C₃
Solution:
¹²C₃ = \(\frac{(12) !}{3 ! 9 !}=\frac{12 \cdot 11 \cdot 10}{3 \cdot 2}\) = 220

(ii) ¹⁵C₁₂
Solution:
¹⁵C₁₂ = \(\frac{(15) !}{(12) ! 3 !}=\frac{15 \cdot 14 \cdot 13}{3 \cdot 2}\)
= 5.7.13 = 455

(iii) ⁹C₄ + ⁹C₅
Solution:
⁹C₄ + ⁹C₅ = \(\frac{9 !}{4 ! 5 !}+\frac{9 !}{5 ! 4 !}\)
\(=\frac{9 \cdot 8 \cdot 7 \cdot 6}{4 \cdot 3 \cdot 2 \cdot 1}\) × 2 = 252

(iv) ⁷C₃ + ⁶C₄ + ⁶C₃
Solution:
⁷C₃ + ⁶C₄ + ⁶C₃ = ⁷C₃ + ⁶C₄ + ⁶C4-1
= ⁷C₃ + ⁶⁺¹C₄ = ⁷C₃ + ⁷C₄
(∴ ⁿc_r + ⁿC_r-1– = ⁿ⁺¹c_r)
= ⁷C₄ + ⁷C_4-1 = ⁷⁺¹C₄
= ⁸C₄ = \(\frac{8 !}{4 !(8-4) !}=\frac{8 \cdot 7 \cdot 6 \cdot 5}{4 \cdot 3 \cdot 2 \cdot 1}\) = 70

(v) ⁸C₀ + ⁸C₁ + …….. + ⁸c₈
Solution:
⁸C₀ + ⁸C₁ + …….. + ⁸c₈ = 2⁸ = 256

Question 2.
Solve :
(i) ⁿC₄ = ⁿC₁₁ ;
Solution:
ⁿC₄ = ⁿC₁₁ ;  (∴ n = 4 + 11 = 15)

(ii) ²ⁿC₃ : ⁿC₃ = 44: 5
Solution:
²ⁿC₃ : ⁿC₃ = \(\frac{44}{5}\)
⇒ \(\frac{2 n !}{2 n-3 !} / \frac{n !}{n-3 !}=\frac{44}{5}\)

Question 3.
Find n and r if ⁿP_r = 1680, ⁿC_r = 70.
Solution:
ⁿP_r = 1680, ⁿC_r = 70
∴ \(\frac{{ }^n \mathrm{P}_r}{{ }^n \mathrm{C}_r}=\frac{1680}{70}\)
or, r ! = 24 = 4!
∴ r = 4
Again, ⁿC_r = 70 or ⁿC₄ = 70
or, \(\frac{n !}{4 !(n-4) !}=70\)
or, n(n – 1) (n – 2) (n – 3)
= 70 × 4! = 7 × 10 × 4 × 3 × 2
= 8 × 7 × 6 × 5
or, n(n – 1) (n – 2) (n – 3)
or, 8(8 – 1) (8 – 2) (8 – 3)
∴ n = 8

Question 4.
How many diagonals can an n-gon(a polygon with n sides) have?
Solution:
A polygon of n – sides has n vertices.
∴ The number of st. lines joining the n-vertices is ⁿC₂.
∴ The number of diagonals is ⁿC₂ – n

Question 5.
If a set A has n elements and another set B has m elements, what is the number of relations from A to B?
Solution:
If |A| = n, |B| = m
then |A × B| = mn
∴ The number of possible subsets of
A × B = 2^mn
∴ The number of relations from A to B is 2^mn.

Question 6.
From five consonants and four vowels, how many words consist of three consonants and two vowels?
Solution:
Words of consisting of 3 consonants and 2 vowels are to be formed from five consonants and 4 vowels.
∴ The number of ways = ⁵C₃ × ⁴C₂
Again, 5 letters can be arranged among themselves in 5! ways.
∴ The total number of ways
= ⁵C₃ × ⁴C₂ × 5! = 10 × 6 × 120 = 7200.

Question 7.
In how many ways can a committee of four gentlemen and three ladies be formed out of seven gentlemen and six ladies?
Solution:
A committee of 4 gentlemen and 3 ladies is to be formed out of 7 gentlemen and 6 ladies.
∴ The number of ways in which the committee can be formed.
⁷C₄ × ⁶C₃ = \(\frac{7 \cdot 6 \cdot 5}{3.2} \times \frac{6 \cdot 5 \cdot 4}{3 \cdot 2}\) = 700

Question 8.
A bag contains 4 black and 5 white balls out of which 6 balls are drawn arbitrarily. In how many ways can this be done? Find also the number of ways such that at least 3 black balls can be drawn.
Solution:
A bag contains 4 black and 5 white balls out of which 6 balls are drawn arbitrarily.
∴ The number of ways in which balls are drawn \({ }^9 \mathrm{C}_6=\frac{9 \cdot 8 \cdot 7}{3 \cdot 2 \cdot 1}\) = 84 as the total number of balls is 9. If at least 3 black balls are drawn, then the drawing can be made as follows.

Black(4)	White(5)
3	3
4	2

The number of ways in which at least 3 black balls are drawn
= (⁴C₃ × ⁵C₃) + (⁴C₄ × ⁵C₂)
= (4 × 10) + (1 × 10) = 50

Question 9.
How many triangles can be drawn by joining the vertices of a decagon?
Solution:
A decagon has 10 vertices and 3 noncollinear points are required to be a triangle.
∴ The number of triangles formed by the joining of the vertices of a decagon is
¹⁰C₃ = \(\frac{10 !}{3 ! 7 !}=\frac{10 \cdot 9 \cdot 8}{3 \cdot 2 \cdot 1}\) = 120

Question 9.
How many triangles can be drawn by joining the vertices and the center of a regular hexagon?
Solution:
A regular hexagon has six vertices. Triangles are to be formed by joining the vertices and center of the hexagon. So there is a total of 7 points. So the number of triangles formed.
⁷C₃ = \(\frac{7 !}{3 ! 4 !}=\frac{7 \cdot 6 \cdot 5}{3 \cdot 2 \cdot 1}\) = 35
As the hexagon has 3 main diagonals, which pass through the center hence can not form 3 triangles.
∴ The required number of triangles 35 – 3 = 32

Question 11.
Sixty points lie on a plane, out of which no three points are collinear. How many straight lines can be formed by joining pairs of points?
Solution:
Sixty points lie on a plane, out of which no. 3 points are collinear. A straight line required two points. The number of straight lines formed by joining 60 points is
⁶⁰C₂ = \(\frac{60 !}{2 \times 58 !}=\frac{60 \times 59}{2}\) = 1770

Question 12.
In how many ways can 10 boys and 10 girls sit in a row so that no two boys sit together?
Solution:
10 boys and 10 girls sit in a row so that no two boys sit together. So a boy is to be seated between two girls or at the two ends of the row. So the boys are to be sitted in 11 positions in ¹¹C₁₀ ways. Again 10 boys and 10 girls can be arranged among themselves in 10! and 10! ways respectively.
∴ The total number of ways = ¹¹C₁₀ × 10! × 10! = (11)! × (10)!

Question 13.
In how many ways can six men and seven girls sit in a row so that the girls always sit together?
Solution:
Six men and seven girls sit in a row so that the girls always sit together. Considering the 7 girls as one person, there are a total of 7 persons who can sit in 7! ways. Again the 7 girls can be arranged among themselves in 7! ways.
∴ The total number of arrangements
= 7! × 7!
= (7!)²

Question 14.
How many factors does 1155 have that are divisible by 3?
Solution:

∴ In order to be a factor of 1155 divisible by 3, we have to choose one or two of 5, 7, and 11 along with 3 or 3 alone.
∴ The number of ways = ³C₁ + ³C₂ + ³C₀ = 2³ – 1 = 7
∴ The number of factors is 7 excluding 1155 itself.

Question 15.
How many factors does 210 have?
Solution:

∴ We can choose at least one 2, 3, 5, or 7  to be a factor of 210.
∴ The number of factors.
= ⁴C₁ + ⁴C₂ + ⁴C₃ + ⁴C₄ = 2⁴ – 1 = 15
∴ The number of factors is 210 is 15. (Including 215 itself and excluding 1).

Question 16.
If n is a product of k distinct primes what is the total number of factors of n?
Solution:
n is a product of k distinct primes.
∴ In order to be a factor, of n, we have chosen at least one of k distinct primes.
∴ The number of ways = ^kC₁ + ^kC₂ + ……… ^kC_k-1 = 2^k  – 1 – 1
∴ The number of factors of n is 2^k – 2.
(Excluding 1 as 1 is not prime. It is also not include n.)

Question 17.
If m has the prime factor decomposition P₁^r1, P₂^r2 ….. P_n^rn, what is the total number of factors of m (excluding 1)?
Solution:
m has the prime factor decomposition P₁^r1, P₂^r2 ….. P_n^rn,
∴ m = P₁^r1, P₂^r2 ….. P_n^rn,
P₁ is a factor of m which occurs r₁ times. Each of the factors P₁^r1 will give rise to (r₁ + 1) factors.
Similarly
P₂^r2 gives (r₂ + 1) factors and so on.
∴ The total number of factors (r₁ + 1) (r₂ + 1) ….. (r_n + 1) – 1 (including m).

Question 18.
If 20! were multiplied out, how many consecutive zeros would it have on the right?
Solution:
If 20! were multiplied out, then the number of consecutive zeros on the right is 4. due to the presence of 4 x 5, 10, 14 x 15,20.

Question 19.
How many factors of 10,000 end with a 5 on the right?
Answer:
We have 1000 = 2⁴ × 5⁴ The factors of 10000 ending with 5 are 5, 5 × 5 = 25, 5 × 5 × 5 = 125
5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 625
∴ There are 4 factors ending With 5.

Question 20.
A man has 6 friends. In how many ways can he invite two or more to a dinner party?
Solution:
A man has 6 friends. He can invite 2 or more of his friends to a dinner party.
∴ He can invite 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of his friends in
⁶C₂ + ⁶C₃ + ⁶C₄ + ⁶C₅ + ⁶C₆ = 2⁶ – ⁶C₀ – ⁶C₁
= 64 – 7 = 57 ways.

Question 21.
In how many ways can a student choose 5 courses out of 9 if 2 courses are compulsory?
Solution:
A student is to choose 5 courses out of 9 in which 2 courses are compulsory. as 2 courses are compulsory, he is to choose 3 courses out of 7 courses in ⁷C₃ = 35 ways.

Question 22.
In how many ways can a student choose five courses out of the courses? C₁, C₂, …………. C₉ if C₁, C₂ are compulsory and C₆, C₈ cannot be taken together?
Solution:
A student chooses five courses out of the courses? C₁, C₂, …………. C₉ if C₁, C₂ are compulsory and C₆, C₈ cannot be taken together.
∴ He is to choose 3 courses out of C₃, C₄, ………… ,C₈, C₉.
Without taking any restrictions 3 courses out of C₃, C₄, …… C₉, i.e. from 7 courses in ⁷C₃ ways. If C₆, C₈ are taken together then one course only to be choosen from C₃, C₄, C₅, C₇, C₉ by ⁵C₁ ways. Hence required number of ways.
= ⁷C₃ – ⁵C₁
= \(\frac{7 \times 6 \times 5}{3 \times 2 \times 1}\) – 5
= 35 – 5 = 30 ways.

Question 23.
A cricket team consisting of 11 players is to be chosen from 8 batsmen and 5 bowlers. In how many ways can the team be chosen so as to include at least 3 bowlers?
Solution:
A cricket team consisting of 1 1 player is to be chosen from 8 batsmen and 5 bowlers, as to include at least 3 bowlers.
The selection can be made as follows :

Batsmen(8)	Bowlers(5)
8	3
7	4
6	5

The number of selections is
(⁸C₈ × ⁵C₃) + (⁸C₇ × ⁵C₄) + (⁸C₆ × ⁵C₅)
= (1 × 10) + (8 × 5) + (28 × 1)
= 10 + 40 + 28 = 78

Question 24.
There are n + r points on a plane out of which n points lie on a straight line L and out of the remaining r points that lie outside L, no three points are collinear. What is the number of straight lines that can be formed by joining pairs of their points?
Solution:
There are n + r points on a plane out of which n points are collinear and out of which r points are not collinear.
∴ We can form a straight line by joining any two points.
n-collinear points form one line and r-non-collinear points form ^rC₂ lines.
Again, each of the r non-collinear points when joined to each of the noncollinear points, forms n lines.
∴ The number of such limes is r x n.
∴ The total number of lines

Question 25.
There are 10 books in a shelf with different titles; five of these have red covers and others have green covers. In how many ways can these be arranged so that the red books are placed together?
Solution:
There are 10 books in a shelf with different titles, 5 of these are red covers and others are green covers considering 5 red-covered books as one book, we have a total of 6 books which can be arranged in 6! ways. The five red cover books are arranged among themselves in 5! ways.
∴ The total number of arrangements
= 5! x 6!

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Solutions Poem 2 भाति मे भारतम् Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Sanskrit Poem 2 भाति मे भारतम् Question Answer

GROUP – A

(क) बन्धनीमध्यात् शुद्धम् उत्तरं चित्वा लिखत-

1. _________ भाति मेऽनारतं भारतम् ।
(मानसे, भूतले, मण्ड़ले)
Answer:
भूतले

2. भूतले भाति मेऽनारतं _________ ।
(भारतम्, कोशल:, गुर्जर:)
Answer:
भारतम्

3. पावनं _________ उद्घोषयत् भारतं भाति ।
( चैतन्यम्, भावनम्, विश्वबन्धुत्वम् )
Answer:
विश्वबन्धुत्वम्

4. विश्ववन्द्यैः चरित्रैः _________ पावयत् भारतं भाति ।
(भुबं, दिवं, जगत्)
Answer:
जगत्

5. विश्ववन्द्यैः _________ जगत् पावयत् भारतं भाति ।
(चरित्रैः, पवित्रैः, महद्भिः )
Answer:
चरित्रैः

6. विश्वमेकं _________ समालोकयद् ।
(संसारं, परिवार, कुटुम्ब )
Answer:
कुटुम्ब

7. यद्धि. _________ सदप्यस्त्यभिन्नं सदा ।
(अन्नं, भिन्नं, अन्यं)
Answer:
भिन्नं

8. _________ मार्गं भणन्ति आगमाः ।
( धर्मस्य, अर्थस्य, मोक्षस्य )
Answer:
मोक्षस्य

9. मोक्षस्य मार्गं भणन्ति _________ ।
(निगमा:, आगमाः, सुगमा : )
Answer:
आगमाः

10. ज्ञानमास्ते च भार: _________ वै विना ।
(कर्म, करणं, क्रियां)
Answer:
क्रियां

11. जाह्नवी – चन्द्रभागा-जलैः _________ ।
(लालितम्, भावितम्, पावितम् )
Answer:
पावितम्

12. शुभ्रहमाद्रि – हासप्रभा _________ ।
(पूरितम्, पूजितम्, अन्वितम्)
Answer:
पूजितम्

13. विद्युदुत्पादने त्रैल _________ ।
(अन्वेषणे, संशोधने, निष्पादने)
Answer:
संशोधने

14. _________ चिकित्सालयस्थापनैः ।
(शल्यशोधं, छिद्रजालं, रोगजालं)
Answer:
रोगजालं

15. _________ वियन्मण्डले स्थापयत् भारतं भूतले भाति ।
(वाणभट्टं, सूर्यभट्ट, आर्यभट्टं)
Answer:
आर्यभट्ट

16. _________ भूमिगर्भेऽणुशक्तिं किरत् ।
(पोखरण, आजमेर, चान्दिपुरम् )
Answer:
पोखरण

17. _________ अणुं सन्ततं प्रेरयत् भूतले भारतं भाति ।
(मैत्रिकार्येषु, प्रीतिकार्येषु, शान्तिकार्येषु)
Answer:
शान्तिकार्येषु

18. राष्ट्रभाषायुतं _________ भारतम् ।
(तावकं, मामकं, मे)
Answer:
मामकं

19. कालिदासेन _________ संद्योतितम् ।
(व्यासेन, रत्नाकरेण, भासेन )
Answer:
भासेन

20. हस्तिगुम्फामजन्तामलौरां _________ ।
(दधत्, लसत्, मण्डितम्)
Answer:
दधत्

21. निष्क्रियं पार्थमाश्वासयद् _________ ।
( सीतया, गीतया, कृपया )
Answer:
गीतया

22. स्वीयरूपेण तं च व्याघात् _________ ।
(कर्मठम्, पुण्यजम्, पापिष्ठम् )
Answer:
कर्मठम्

23. मृत्युपाशं च _________ सहर्षं धरन् ।
(शिरे, कण्ठे, हृदि )
Answer:
कण्ठे

24. येन _________ सदा शिक्ष्यते प्रेर्यते ।
( समाजं, राष्ट्र, विश्वं)
Answer:
विश्वं

25. गायतिक्रान्तदर्शी _________ चयः ।
( मुनीनां, कवीनां, मतीनां )
Answer:
कवीनां

26. मोदतां मे सदा _________ भारतम् ।
(पावनं, कुशलं, विशुद्धं)
Answer:
पावनं

(ख) अतिसंक्षेपेण उत्तरं लिखत-

1. किम्भूतं विश्ववन्धुत्वम् उद्घोषयत् भारतं भाति ?
Answer:
ପାବନମ୍ ।

2. पावनं किम् उद्घोषयत् भारतं भाति ?
Answer:
ବିଶ୍ଵବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵମ୍ ।

3. किम्भूतैः चरित्रैः जगत् पावयत् भारतं भाति ?
Answer:
ବିଶ୍ବବନ୍ଦ୍ୟଃ ।

4. अनारतं भारतं कुत्र भाति ?
Answer:
ଭୂତଳେ ।

5. मोक्षस्य मार्गं भणन्ति ?
Answer:
ଆଗମ ।

6. आगमाः मोक्षस्य किं भणन्ति ?
Answer:
ମାର୍ଗମ୍ ।

7. क्रियां विना किं भारः आस्ते ?
Answer:
ଜ୍ଞାନମ୍।

8. कां विना ज्ञानं भारः आस्ते ?
Answer:
କ୍ରିୟାମ୍ ।

9. जाह्नवी – चन्द्रभागा-जलैः किं पावितम् ?
Answer:
ଭାରତମ୍।

10. भानुजा – नर्मदा – वीचिभिः किं लालितम् ?
Answer:
ଭାରତମ୍।

11. किम् अर्वुदारावलीश्रेणीसंपूजितम् ?
Answer:
ଭାରତମ୍।

12. चिकित्सालयस्थापनै: किम् उन्मूलयत् भारतं भाति?
Answer:
ରୋଗଜାଲମ୍ ।

13. औषधोत्पादनै: किम् उन्मूलयत् भारतं भाति ?
Answer:
ରୋଗଜାଲମ୍ ।

14. शल्यशोधै: किम् उन्मूलयत् भारतं भाति ?
Answer:
ରୋଗଜାଲମ୍ ।

15. वियन्मण्डले किं स्थापयत् भूतले भारतं भाति ?
Answer:
ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟମ୍ ।

16. पोखरण्-भूमिगर्भे किं किरत् भूतले भारतं भाति ?
Answer:
ଅଣୁଶକ୍ତିମ୍ ।

17. कीदृक्कार्येषु अणुं सन्ततं प्रेज्यत् भूतले भारतं भाति ?
Answer:
ଶାନ୍ତକାର୍ଯ୍ୟଷୁ ।

18. सेतुबन्धं कुत्र वर्तते ?
Answer:
ରାମେଶ୍ଵରେ

19. सूर्यमन्दिर कुत्र वर्तते ?
Answer:
କୋଣାର୍ଥେ ।

20. ‘ओनम्’ पर्व कुत्र पालयते ?
Answer:
କେରଳେ ।

21. श्रीहरि: निष्क्रियं पार्थं कया आश्वासयत् भारतं भाति ?
Answer:
ଗୀତୟା ।

22. कुत्र श्रीहरि: निष्क्रियं पार्थम् आश्वासयत् ?
Answer:
କୁରୁକ୍ଷେତ୍ରମଧେ ।

23. ‘क: मृत्युपाशं कण्ठे सहर्षं धरन् अमरत्वं गतः ?
Answer:
ଭକ୍ତସିଂହଃ ।

24. किम्भूतं भारतं सदा मोदताम् ?
Answer:
ପାବିନମ୍ ।

GROUP – B

(ग) संक्षेपेण (षड्भि: वाक्यै:/ पज्चविंशत्यापदै:) उत्तरं लिखत –

1. भारतं काभि: नदीभि: भाति ?
Answer:
ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଂ ନଦୀମାତୃକାୟା ଦେଶଃ । ଭାରତେ ବହବ ସୁଜଳା ସରିତଃ ଶୋଭନ୍ତେ । ତାସୁ ସୁବିଖ୍ୟାତା ଜହୁ କନ୍ୟା ଗଙ୍ଗା ପବିତ୍ରା ପାପନାଶିନୀ ଚ ଭବତି । ତଥୈବ ଯମୁନା, ନର୍ମଦା, ସିନ୍ଧୁ, ଗୋଦାବରୀ, କାବେରୀ, ତୁଙ୍ଗଭଦ୍ରା, ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରଭାଗା, ବିପାଶା ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟ ପବିତ୍ରା ନଦ୍ୟ ବହନ୍ତି । ଏତାଭି ନଦୀଭି ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଂ ସଦା ଭାତି । ପୂଜାବିଧୌ ସଂଳ୍ପକାଳେ ନଦୀନାମ୍ ଆବାହନଂ ଭବତି ।

2. चिकित्साविज्ञाने भारतस्य उन्नतिं वर्णयत ।
Answer:
ପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳାଦାରଭ୍ୟ ଆଧୁନିକକାଳଂ ଯାବତ୍ ଚିକିତ୍ସାକ୍ଷେତ୍ରେ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଂ ସମୁନ୍ନତମ୍ । ଚରକସୁଶ୍ରୁତୟୋଃ ଚିକିତ୍ସାପଦ୍ଧତିଃ ଅତୀବ ଆଦରଣୀୟଃ ସ୍ପୃହଣୀୟଂ ଚ ଭବତି । ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟାନାଂ ସ୍ଥାପନେନ, ଔଷଧାନାମ୍ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନେନ ଉତ୍ପାଦନେନ ଚ, ସୁଶ୍ରୁତକାଳାଦାରଭ୍ୟ ଅଦ୍ୟପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଶଲ୍ୟପଦ୍ଧତିମାଧମେନ ଚିକିତ୍ସୟା ବା ଉପଚାରେଣ, ନବୀନପଦ୍ଧତ୍ୟା ଚିକିସୟା ରୋଗନିରାକରଣେନ ଚ ପୃଥ‌ିବ୍ୟା ପ୍ରଶଂସନୀୟଂ ଭାରତଂ ସର୍ବଦୈବ ଶୋଭତେ ।

3. भारतं विविधभाषाभिः समृद्धम् – इत्यस्य उदाहरणं प्रदत्त ?
Answer:
ଭାଷାମାଂ ବୈଭବେନ ଭାରତଂ ସୁସମୃଦ୍ଧ ଭବତି । ଭାରତେ ବିବିଧା ଭାଷାଃ ଦୃଶ୍ୟନ୍ତେ ଯଥା – ସଂସ୍କୃତଂ, ପ୍ରାକୃତଂ, ତାମିଲଂ, ତେଲୁଗୁ, କନ୍ନଙ୍‌, କୈରଳୀ, ବାଙ୍ଗଲାମ୍, ଔତ୍କଳୀ ବାଚମ୍ ଅନ୍ୟା ଚ ତାଂ ତାଂ ବ୍ରୁବଦ୍ ବର୍ଧତେ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଭାଷାଯୁତଂ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି । ଭାଷାଭିଭିକସମୃଦ୍ଧି ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ପରିଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟତେ ।

4. अस्माकं देशः केन केन रामायणेन शेभते ?
Answer:
ଅସ୍ଵାକଂ ଦେଶ ବିବିଧନ ରାମାୟଣେନ ଶୋଭତେ । ବାଲ୍ମୀକି ବିରଚିତଂ ମୂଳସଂସ୍କୃତରାମାୟଣମ୍, କନ୍ନଡ଼ଭାଷାରଚିତଂ ପମ୍ପରାମାୟଣମ୍, ତାମିଲ୍‌ ଭାଷା ରଚିତଂ କମ୍ବରାମାୟଣମ୍, ଉତ୍କଳଭାଷାରଚିତଂ ଦାଣ୍ଡିରାମାୟଣମ୍, ବଙ୍ଗଭାଷାରଚିତଂ କୃତ୍ତିବାସରାମାୟଣମ୍ ଚ ତେରାଂ ପବିତ୍ରଧାରାଭିଂ ସର୍ବାନ୍‌ ଶ୍ରାବୟନ୍ତି ପବିତ୍ରୟନ୍ତି ଚ । ଏବଂଭୂତଃ ଦେଶଃ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଶାଶ୍ଵତଂ ଶୋଭିତେ ।

5. भारतस्य नृत्यकलां सूचयत ?
Answer:
ଭାରତେଷୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ନୃତ୍ୟପରମ୍ପରା ସୂଚିତା । ପ୍ରମୁଖତୟା ଉତ୍କଳପ୍ରଦେଶେ ଓଡ଼ିଶୀନୃତ୍ୟ, ବନବାସିନାମ୍ ଆଦିବାସିନାଂ ଲୋକନୃତ୍ୟ, ଛଉନୃତ୍ୟ, ମଣିପୁରେ ମଣିପୁରୀନୃତ୍ୟ, ଉତ୍ତରଭାରତେ ପ୍ରଚଳିତଂ କଥକନୃତ୍ୟ, ଗୁର୍ଜରପ୍ରଦେଶେ ଗର୍ବାନୃତ୍ୟ, ଡାଣ୍ଡିଆନୃତ୍ୟ ଚ, ଆନ୍ଧ୍ରପ୍ରଦେଶେ କୂଚିପୂଡ଼ିନୃତ୍ୟ, ପଞ୍ଜାବପ୍ରଦେଶେ ଗିନୃତ୍ୟ ଭାଙ୍ଗଡ଼ାନୃତ୍ୟ ଚ, କେରଳପ୍ରଦେଶେ କଥକଳୀନୃତ୍ୟ, ତାମିନାଡ଼ୁପ୍ରଦେଶ ଭାରତନାଟ୍ୟମ୍ ଇତି ନୃତ୍ୟାନାଂ ପ୍ରଚଳନଂ ଦୃଶ୍ୟତେ । ଅନେନ ନୃତ୍ୟେନ ମମ ଭାରତମ୍ ଅନାରତଂ ଶୋଭତେ ।

6. भक्तसिंहः कथम् अमरत्वं गतः ?
Answer:
ଏକଦା ପରିଧୀନସ୍ୟ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତଡାନିମିତ୍ତମ୍ ଆମ୍ବକଳିଂ ପ୍ରଦାୟ ଭଗତସିଂହ ଇତି ଦେଶଭକ୍ତଃ ଯୁବକଃ ଅମରତ୍ଵ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତବାନ୍ । ମାତୃଭୂମେ ବିପଦଜାଲିଂ ଉଚ୍ଛେଦୟନ୍ ଭକ୍ତସିଂହଃ ଇତି ଯୁବତଃ ସ୍ଵଜୀବନସ୍ୟ ବିନିମୟେନ ଅପି ଆଙ୍ଗଲଶାସକାନାଂ ବିତାଡ଼ନାର୍ଥେ ଯତ୍ନ କୃତବାନ୍ ! ମୃତ୍ୟୁପାଶଂ କଣ୍ଠେ ସହର୍ଷ ଧରନ୍ ଭକ୍ତସିଂହଃ ଅତ୍ର ଅମରତ୍ୱ ଗତଃ । ଏତାଦୃଶଃ ସୁପୁତ୍ର ଅସ୍ଵାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ଗର୍ବ ଗୌରବଂ ଚ ଭବତି ।

7. विश्वं भारतेन कथं शिक्ष्यते ?
Answer:
ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ଅଭୂତପୂର୍ବ ସ୍ବାଧୀନତାସଂଗ୍ରାମିଂ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତମ୍ । ରକ୍ତପାତଂ ବିନା କୁତ୍ରାପି କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ ଦେଶଃ ବିଶ୍ୱେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ସ୍ଵାଧୀନତାଂ ନ ପ୍ରାୟୋତି । ପରନ୍ତୁ ଭାରତମେବ ପୃଥ‌ିବ୍ୟାମ୍ ଏତାଦୃଶଂ ଭୂଖଣ୍ଡ ଯତ୍ର ରକ୍ତପାତଂ ବିନା ଶସ୍ତ୍ରପାତଂ ବିନା ମନ୍ଦସ୍ମିତା ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତି ନାମ ସ୍ବାଧୀନତା ଆୟାତି । ଯେନ ବିଶ୍ଵ ସଦା ଶିଷ୍ୟତେ ପ୍ରେର୍ଯ୍ୟତେ ଚ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

8. भारते के के प्रसिद्धा: उत्सवा: सन्ति ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ସବପ୍ରିୟା ଖଳୁ ମାନବାଃ । ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶ ବିବିଧା ଉତ୍ସବାଃ ଋତୁ ଅନୁସାରଂ ମାସାନୁସାରଂ ଚ ପରିପାଳିତଂ ଭବତି । ବସନ୍ତେ ହୋଲୀଉତ୍ସବ, ଦୋଳୋତ୍ସବାଃ ବା, ଆଶ୍ୱିନମାସେ ଦଶହରାପର୍ବ, କାର୍ତ୍ତିକମାସେ ଦୀପାବଲ୍ୟୁସନଃ, ଆଶ୍ୱିନମାସେ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀପୂଜନାର୍ଥୀ କୋଜାଗରୀ ଉତ୍ସବ, ଦକ୍ଷିଣଭାରତେ ପୋଙ୍ଗଲ୍ ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବାଃ, ଶ୍ରାବଣମାସେ ଶ୍ରାବଣ୍ୟତ୍ସବ, ରକ୍ଷାବନ୍ଧନୋତ୍ସଦଃ ଚ, ପଞ୍ଜାବ-ହରିୟାଣାଦି ରାଜ୍ୟେଷ୍ଠ ଲୋହଡ଼ୀ ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବାଃ, ରମଜାନ୍‌ମାସେ ‘ଇଦ୍’ ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବ, କେରଳରାଜ୍ୟ ‘ଓଣମ୍’ ଇତି ଉତ୍ସରଃ ପରିପାଲ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ଏତାଦୃଶମ୍ ଉତ୍ସବମୁଖରଂ ମମ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

GROUP – C

(घ) प्रायशः चत्वारिंशतापदै: अष्टाभि: वाक्यै: वा उत्तरं लिखत –

1. कथं विश्वम् एकं कुटुम्वं समालोकयत् भारतं भाति ?
Answer:
ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ମହତ୍ତ୍ଵମ୍ ଅଖଣ୍ଡତ୍ଵ ବିଭୂତଂ ଚ ବିଶ୍ଵେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ରାଜତେ । ସମସ୍ତେ ଧରଣୀତଳେ ଭାରତଂ ହି ଏକମାତ୍ର ଭୂଖଣ୍ଡ ଯତ୍ ସମଗ୍ରସ୍ୟ ବିଶ୍ବସ୍ୟ ହେତୋ ଚିନ୍ତା ପ୍ରକଟିତା । ତସ୍ମାତ୍ କାରଣାତ୍ ବିଶ୍ଵବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵମ୍ ଉଦ୍‌ଘୋଷୟତି, ଜନସମୁଦାୟସ୍ୟ କୃତେ ରାମାଦୀନାଂ ସଚ୍ଚରିତ୍ରାଣା ବର୍ଣନଂ କୃତ୍ୱା ଧରିତ୍ରୀ ପବିତ୍ରୀ କରୋତି । ‘ବସୁଧୈବ କୁଟୁମ୍ବକମ୍’’ ଇତ୍ୟେବ ବାର୍ତ୍ତା ବିଶ୍ୱେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ପ୍ରଚାରିତା ପ୍ରସାରିତା ଚ ଭବତି । ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ୱମ୍ ଏବଂ କୁଟୁମିଂ ସମାଲୋକୟତ୍ବ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

2. भिन्नमपि भारतं केन रूपेण अभिन्नम् ?
Answer:
‘‘ବିବିଧତା ମଧ୍ୟ ଏକତା’’ – ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଭବତି । ବିଭିନ୍ନତ୍ୱ ଅପି ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ଅଭିନ୍ନତଂ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତଂ ଭବତି । ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଭୂଖଣ୍ଡସ୍ୟ ଜନଃ ପରସ୍ପରଂ ବେଶଃ, ଭୂଷଣି, ଖାଦ୍ୟ, ପାନୀୟୈ, ପୂଜାପଦ୍ଧତିଭଃ, କ୍ରୀଡ଼ାଭ୍ୟାସସ୍ୟ ବୈବିଧେନ ଉତ୍ସବାନାଂ ଭେଦଃ ଜୀବନୋପାୟୈ ଚ ଭିନ୍ନା ଦୃଶ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । କିନ୍ତୁ ତେଷାମ୍ ଅନ୍ତଃକରଣେଷୁ ଭାରତୀୟତା ଏବ ବିରାଜତେ । ଏବଂ ବିବିଧେଷୁ ସହ ଅପି ଅଭିନଂ ସନ୍‌ ତନ୍ନାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

3. भारते के पर्वता: शेभन्ते ?
Answer:
‘ଭୂଭୃତ୍’ ଇତି ପର୍ବତସ୍ୟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟ ଶବ୍ଦ । ଅନେନ କାୟତେ ଯତ୍ ପର୍ବତଃ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକୀଶୋଭା ଭବନ୍ତି । ପର୍ବତଃ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ମହିମମଣ୍ଡିତାଂ ଶୋଭାଂ ପବିତ୍ରତାଂ ଚ ପ୍ରକଟୟନ୍ତି । ବିନ୍ଧ୍ୟ, ସହ୍ୟପର୍ବତଃ, ନୀଳପର୍ବତଃ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିଭିଃ ପର୍ବତଃ ବିଭୂଷିତଂ, ଶୁଭ୍ରହାସଦୀପ୍ରେନ ହିମାଳୟେନ ପୁନଃ ଅର୍ବୁଦାରାବଳୀପର୍ବତମାଳାଭି ଅନାରତଂ ପୂଜିତଂ ମେ ଭାରତମ୍ ଅନାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି । ମହାକବିକାଳିଦାସେନ କୁମାରସମ୍ଭବମ୍ ମହାକାବ୍ୟ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତଂ ଯତ୍ – ‘ଅସ୍ତୁଭରସ୍ୟା ଦିଶି ଦେବତାତ୍ମା ହିମାଳୟ ନାମ ନଗାଧୁରାଜଃ ପୂର୍ବାପରତୋୟ ନିଧ୍ଵଗାହ୍ୟ ସ୍ଥିତାପୃଥ୍ବ୍ୟାମ୍ ଇବ ମାନଦଣ୍ଡ ।’’ ଇତି ।

4. भारतं कस्मिन् कस्मिन् विषये समर्थम् ?
Answer:
ନ କେବଳଂ ପ୍ରାଚୀନକାଳେ ଅପିତୁ ଆଧୁନିକକାଳେ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ବିଶ୍ୱେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ରାଜତେ । ବିଦ୍ୟୁତଃ ଉତ୍ପାଦନେ, ମୃତ୍ତିକାଧଃସ୍ଥିତସ୍ୟ ତୈଳସ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ତୋଳନେ ବିଶୋଧନେ ଚ, ପ୍ରାକୃତିକବାଷ୍ପରୂପେଣ ଅଙ୍ଗାରରୂପେଣ ଚ ଇନ୍ଧନସ୍ୟ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନେ, ଲୌହସ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ପାଦନେ ପୁନଃ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ବିନିର୍ମାଣେ ଚ ଦେଶସ୍ୟାସ୍ୟା ଉନ୍ନତତରାଂ କୌଶଲଂ ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ବା ଅସ୍ତି ଇତି ବିଶ୍ବବାସିନଃ ଜାନନ୍ତି । ଏତସ୍ମିନ୍ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରେ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ସର୍ବେ ଜାନନ୍ତି ଏବ । ଏତାଦୃଶଂ ସମୁଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳଂ ମେ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ରାଜତେ ।

5. अणुशक्तिप्रयोगप्रभृतिषु भारतस्य नैपुण्यं प्रदर्शयत ।
Answer:
ଅତ୍ୟାଧୁନିକେ,ବିଜ୍ଞାନକ୍ଷେତ୍ରେ ଅପି ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଯାଦୃଶଂ ବୈଶିଷ୍ଟ୍ୟ ପ୍ରକଟୟତି ତଦେବ ବିଶ୍ଵେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ଆଦୃତଃ ଭବତି । ଖଗୋଳ ବିଦ୍ୟାସୁ ନିପୁଣସ୍ୟ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟସ୍ୟ ନାମାନୁସାରଂ ନାମିତଃ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟ ଇତି ସ୍ଵାନକୌଶଳନିର୍ମିତଃ ଉପଗ୍ରହ ଭାରତୀୟୈ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକୈ ମହାକାଶେ ସ୍ଥାପିତଃ । ରାଜସ୍ଥାନମ୍ ଇତି ପ୍ରଦେଶସ୍ୟ ‘ପୋଖରାନ୍’ ଇତି ମରୁପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ଭୂଗର୍ଭମଧେ ଅସ୍ମାକମ୍ ଅଣୁବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକଃ ଅଣୁଶକ୍ତିବିସ୍ଫୋରଣଂ କୃତମ୍ । ସଫଳତୟା ଅଣୁଶକ୍ତିପ୍ରୟୋଗପରୀକ୍ଷା କୃତା । ମାନବସମାଜସ୍ୟ କଲ୍ୟାଣାୟ ଅଣୁଖଣ୍ଡିଂ ସନ୍ତତଂ ନିୟୋଜୟତ୍ ମେ ଭାରତମ୍ ଅନାରତଂ ମହୀତଳେ ରାଜତେ ।

6. के कवयः भारतस्य गोरवम् अवर्द्धयन् ?
Answer:
ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ଭାରତୀବୈଭବଂ ବିଶ୍ୱେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ରାଜତେ । କବୟଃ ସ୍ବରଚିତଂ କାବ୍ୟମ୍ ଅତ୍ର ଶ୍ରାବୟନ୍ତି । କବୟଃ କ୍ରାନ୍ତଦର୍ଶନଃ ଭବନ୍ତି । ପୁରାଣମୁନଃ ଆଦିକବି ବାଲ୍ମୀକି ରାମାୟଣକାବ୍ୟ, ବେଦବ୍ୟାସ୍ୱ ମହାଭାରତଂ ଚ, ରତ୍ନାକରଶ୍ଚ ‘ହରବିଜୟମ୍’ ନାମ ମହାକାବ୍ୟ ବିରଚ୍ୟ ଭାରତବର୍ଷ ବିଭୂଷିତଂ କୃତବର୍ଷେ । ତେଷା ରଚନାବଳୀମ୍ ଉପଜୀବ୍ୟ କାବ୍ୟରୂପେଣ ଗୃହୀତ୍ଵା ଅନ୍ୟ କବୟଃ ସ୍ଵକାବ୍ୟ ବିରଚିତମ୍ । କବିକୁଳଗୁରୁ କାଳିଦାସ, ହାସସ୍ଵରୂପଃ ଭାସ୍ୱ, ସର୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ବିଳାପଃ କାଦମ୍ବରୀକାବ୍ୟରସପରିବେଷକଃ ବାଣଭଟ୍ଟ ଚ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କାବ୍ୟାଲୋକେନ ଦେଶଂ ସଂଦ୍ୟୋତିତଂ ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟାନ୍ବିତଂ ଚ କୃତବନ୍ତଃ । ଏତେଷା କାବ୍ୟସମୃଦ୍ଧା ମେ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ନିରନ୍ତରଂ ଶୋଭତେ ।

7. द्वारकाप्रभृतितीर्थानां नामानि लिखत ।
Answer:
ତୀର୍ଥକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ଭାରତମ୍ । ଅସ୍ଵାକଂ ଦେଶେ ପବିତ୍ରସ୍ଥାନାନି ତୀର୍ଥରୂପାଣି ବିରାଜନ୍ତେ । ଆକୁମାରୀହିମାଚଳପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସମଗ୍ରଦେଶ ତୀର୍ଥକ୍ଷେତ୍ରାଣି ରାଜନ୍ତେ । ଗୁଜୁରାଟପ୍ରଦେଶସ୍ଥିତା ଦ୍ୱାରକା, ତାମିଲନାଡ଼ୁପ୍ରଦେଶସ୍ୟ ରାମେଶ୍ଵରସ୍ୟ ସବିଧେ ସାଗରମଧ୍ୟେ ନିର୍ମତଃ ସେତୁବନ୍ଧଃ ଉତ୍କଳପ୍ରଦେଶସ୍ୟ ପୁରୀସ୍ଥିତ ଭ।ଗଦତଃ ଜଗନ୍ନାଥସ୍ୟ ବଦରିକାକ୍ଷେତ୍ରମ୍ । ଆନ୍ଧ୍ରପ୍ରଦେଶସ୍ୟ ତିରୁପତୌ ତିରୁମଲାକ୍ଷେତ୍ରେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ବେଙ୍କଟେଶ ମନ୍ଦିରମ୍, ଉତ୍ତରପ୍ରଦେଶସ୍ୟ ମଥୁରାୟାଂ ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣଜନ୍ମଭୂମି, ସୁପୀସମ୍ପ୍ରଦାୟସ୍ୟ ଖ୍ରୀଜ୍ୟମଇନୁଦ୍ଦିସ୍ତି ଦର୍ଘଶୋଭିତମ୍ ଆଜମେରକ୍ଷେତ୍ରମ୍ ତତଂ ଚ ସ୍ଥିତଂ ପାବନଂ ପୁଷ୍କରତୀର୍ଥମ୍, ପଞ୍ଜାବପ୍ରଦେଶସ୍ୟ ଅମୃତସରଃ ଇତି ସ୍ଥାନେ ଶିଖଧର୍ମପୀଠମ୍ । ଏବମ୍ ଅନେକୈ ସୁପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରେ ତୀର୍ଥେ ଚ ବିରାଜିତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

8. भारतस्य विविधेषु क्षेत्रेषु पालितान् उत्सवान् परिचाययत ।
Answer:
ଉତ୍ସବପ୍ରିୟା ଖଳୁ ମାନବାଃ । ଧର୍ମପ୍ରାଣସ୍ୟ ଭାରତବର୍ଷସ୍ୟ ବିଭିନ୍ନେଷୁ ସ୍ଥାନେଷୁ ସୁପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧା ମନେଜ୍ଞା ଉତ୍ସବାଃ ପରିପାଲ୍ୟନ୍ତେ । ବସନ୍ତକାଳେ ଭଗବତଃ ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣସ୍ୟ ଦୋଳୋତ୍ସବେନ ସହ ସମଗ୍ର ଭାରତେ ପରିପାଳିତଃ ହୋଲିକୋତ୍ସବାଃ, ମହିଷମର୍ଦ୍ଦିନୀଦୁର୍ଗତିନାଶିନୀ ଦୁର୍ଗା ଆଶ୍ୱିନମାସେ ଶୁକ୍ଳପକ୍ଷେ ସଂପୂଜିତା ଭବତି । ଜନାସ୍ତୁ ଆଶ୍ୱିନମାସସ୍ୟ ଶୁକ୍ଳଦଶମାଂ ତୀର୍ଥେ ଦଶହରା ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବଂ ସାନନ୍ଦ ସଗୌରବଂ ପାଳୟନ୍ତି । କାର୍ତ୍ତିକମାସେ ଚ ଦୀପାଲୋକସଜିତାଂ ଦୀପାବଳୀ ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବଂ ସମଗ୍ର ଦଶହରା ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବଂ ସାନନ୍ଦ ସଗୌରବଂ ପାଳୟନ୍ତି ।

କାର୍ତ୍ତିକମାସେ ଚ ଦୀପାଲୋକସଜିତାଂ ଦୀପାବଳୀ ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବଂ ସମଗ୍ର ତାମିଲନାଡ଼ୁ ପ୍ରଦେଶସ୍ୟ ନବବର୍ଷେତ୍ସବରୂପେଣ, ଆନ୍ଧ୍ରପ୍ରଦେଶେ ଦକ୍ଷିଣଭାରତେ ଚ ପୋଙ୍ଗଲ୍‌ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବ ପରିପାଲ୍ୟତେ । ଶ୍ରାବଣପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣିମାୟାଂ ଶ୍ରାବଣ୍ୟସମଃ, ରକ୍ଷାବନ୍ଧାନତ୍ସତଃ ବଳଭଦ୍ରଜନ୍ମୋତ୍ସବ ବା ପରିପାଲ୍ୟତେ । ଦକ୍ଷିଣ-ପୂର୍ବ-ଭାରତୀୟା ଚ ଯଥା ଅଭ୍ୟୁ ସବଂ ପାଳୟନ୍ତ ତଥୈବ ପଞ୍ଜାବ-ହରିୟାଣାଦିରାଜ୍ୟେଷ୍ଠ ଲୋହଡ଼ୀ ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବଂ, ରମଜାନ୍‌ମାସେ ‘ଇଦ୍‌’ ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବଂ, କେରଳରାଜ୍ୟ ଜନାଃ ‘ଓଲ୍‌ମ୍’ ଇତି ଉତ୍ସବଂ ପାଳୟନ୍ତି । ଅତଃ ଏତାଦୃଶମ୍ ଉତ୍ସବମୁଖରଂ ସମଭରାତମ୍ ଅନାରତଂ ବିଶ୍ଵେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ବିରାଜତେ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧

विश्वबन्धुत्वमुद्घोषयत्पावनं
विश्ववन्द्येश्चरित्रैर्जगत्पावयत् ।
विश्वमेकं कुटुम्बं समालोकयद्
भूतले भाति मेनारतं भारतम् ॥ १ ॥

ବିଶ୍ଵବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ୱମୁଦ୍ଘେ।ଷୟତ୍ପାବନଂ
ବିଶ୍ୱବନ୍ଦ୍ୟଶ୍ଚ ରିତ୍ରୈର୍ଜଗତ୍ପାବୟତ୍ ।
ବିଶ୍ଵମେକଂ କୁଟୁମ୍ବୀ ସମାଲୋକୟଦ୍
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୧ ॥

ଅନ୍ବୟ – ପାବନଂ ବିଶ୍ଵବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵମୁଦ୍‌ଷୟତ୍, ବିଶ୍ୱବନ୍ଦ୍ୟ ଚରିତଃ ଜଗତ୍ ପାବୟତ୍, ବିଶ୍ବମ୍ ଏବଂ କୁଟୁମ୍ବ ସମାଲୋକୟତ୍, ମେ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ପାବନମ୍ = ପବିତ୍ର । ଉଦ୍‌ଘୋଷୟତ୍ = ଘୋଷଣା କରୁଥିବା । ଚରିତିଃ = ଚରିତ୍ରଦ୍ଵାରା । ଜଗତ୍ = ସଂସାର । ବିଶ୍ୱମ୍ = ପୃଥ‌ିବୀକୁ । କୁଟୁମ୍ବମ୍ = ପରିବାର । ସମାଲୋକୟତ୍ = ଦେଖୁଥ‌ିବା । ମେ = ମୋର । ଭୂତଳେ = ପୃଥ‌ିବୀରେ । ଅନାରତମ୍ = ଅବିରତ । ଭାତି = ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ପବିତ୍ର ବିଶ୍ୱବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵକୁ ଉଦ୍‌ଘୋଷଣ କରି, ବିଶ୍ଵବନ୍ଦିତ ଚରିତ୍ରଦ୍ଵାରା ସଂସାରକୁ ପବିତ୍ରିତ କରି ବିଶ୍ବକୁ ଏକ ପରିବାରଭାବେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ କରି ମୋର ଭାରତ ଦେଶ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀ ପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ସଂସ୍କୃତସାହିତ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଥଯଶା ଲବ୍ଧପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠ କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତଃ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ କାବ୍ୟଭାଗାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅତ୍ର ଅସ୍ଥିନ୍ ପଦ୍ୟ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ଶୋଭା କୀଦୃଶୀ ଭବତି ତଦେବ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମ୍ ।

ବିଶ୍ୱେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ଭାରତଦେଶସ୍ୟ ସ୍ଥାନଂ ତୁ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ରମେବ । କବି ଅମ୍ଳୀକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ପାବିଦ୍ର୍ୟ ବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ୱ ଚ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତମ୍ । ‘ବସୁଧୈବ କୁଟୁମ୍ବକମ୍’ ଇତ୍ୟେବ ଭାବନା ଭାରତୀୟାନାଂ ଭବତି । ଅମ୍ଳୀକଂ ଦେଶଃ ପବିତ୍ର ବିଶ୍ୱବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵମ୍ ଉଦ୍‌ଘୋଷୟତି, ଦେଶେଽସ୍ମିନ ମହାପୁରୁଷଚରତ୍ୟେ ଇୟଂ ଭୂମି ପବିତ୍ରିତଂ ଭବତି । ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ମହତୀ ସଂସ୍କୃତିଃ କୁଟୁମ୍ବୀଭାବନା ଚ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଵ ବିରାଜତେ । ଅନେନ ମାଧ୍ୟମେନ ମମ ଭାରତଦେଶଃ ବିଶ୍ଵ ରାଜତେ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶଂସିତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ସଂସ୍କୃତ ସାହିତ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥଯଶା ଲବ୍ଧପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠ କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତ ଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ କାବ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଆଲୋଚିତ ପଦ୍ୟରେ ଭାରତର ଶୋଭା କିଭଳି ତାହା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ଭାରତର ସ୍ଥାନ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର । ଏହି ଦେଶରେ ବିଶ୍ଵବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵର ଭାବନା ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପବିତ୍ର । ଏଠାରେ ଥ‌ିବା ମହାପୁରୁଷମାନଙ୍କର ପବିତ୍ର ଚରିତ୍ର ଏ ଭାରତଭୂଇଁକୁ ଅତୀବ ପବିତ୍ରିତ କରିଛି । ‘ବସୁଧୈବ କୁଟୁମ୍ବକମ୍’ – ଏହି ଭାବନାରେ ଉଦ୍‌ବୁଦ୍ଧ ସମସ୍ତ ଭାରତୀୟ ବିଶ୍ବକୁ ଏକ କୁଟୁମ୍ବରୂପେ ଅବଧାରଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ଭାରତର ଏଭଳି ମହାନ୍ ସଂସ୍କୃତି ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ବରେ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠିତ ହୋଇଛି । ଏଥ‌ିପାଇଁ ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭା ପାଉଛି । ସତରେ କବିଙ୍କର ଏତାଦୃଶ ଭାବନା ଏକାନ୍ତ ଯଥାର୍ଥ ଅଟେ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧି ବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ବିଶ୍ୱବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ବ ମୁଦ୍‌ଷୟପ୍ଲାବନମ୍ = ବିଶ୍ଵବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵମ୍ + ଉଦ୍‌ଘୋଷୟତ୍ + ପାବନମ୍ । ବିଶ୍ବବନ୍ଦୋଶ୍ଚରିତୈର୍ଜଗତ୍ପାବୟତ୍ = ବିଶ୍ଵବନ୍ଦ୍ୟ + ଚରିତିଃ + ଜଗତ୍ + ପାବୟତ୍ । ବିଶ୍ଵମେକମ୍ = ବିଶ୍ୱମ୍ + ଏକମ୍ । ମେଽନାରତମ୍ = ମେ + ଅନାରତମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ବିଶ୍ୱବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵମ୍ = ବିଶ୍ୱସ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵମ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ବିଶ୍ଵବନ୍ଧ୍ୟା = ବିଶ୍ଵ ବନ୍ଦୀ, ତସ୍ମି (ସପ୍ତମୀ ତପୁରୁଷ) । ଭୂତଳେ = ଭୁନଃ ତଳମ୍, ତସ୍ମିନ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ)

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ପାବନମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ବିଶ୍ୱବନ୍ଦ୍ୟ, ଚରିତଃ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ବିଶ୍ୱ, ଏବଂ, କୁଟୁମ୍ବମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ମେ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ପାବନମ୍ = ପୂ + ଣିଚ୍ + ଲୁଟ୍ । ବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ଵମ୍ = ବନ୍ଧୁ+ ତ୍ଵ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୨

वेशभूषाशनोपासनापद्धति –
क्रीडनामोद-संस्कार-वृत्त्यादिषु ।
यद्धि भिन्नं सदप्यस्त्यभिन्नं सदा
भूतले भातिं तन्मामकं भारतम् ॥ २ ॥

ବେଶଭୂଷାଶନେ।ପାସନାପଦ୍ଧତି –
କ୍ରୀଡ଼ନାମୋଦ – ସଂସ୍କାର – ବୃତ୍ୟାଦିଷ୍ଣୁ ।
ଯଦ୍ଧି ଭିନଂ ସଦଶ୍ୟସ୍ତ୍ୟଭିନଂ ସଦା
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ତନ୍ମାମକଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୨ ॥

ବେଶଭୂଷା – ଅଶନ – ଉପାସନାପଦ୍ଧତି-କ୍ରୀଡ଼ନ-ଆମୋଦ-ସଂସ୍କାର-ବୃତ୍ୟାଦିଷ୍ଣୁ ଯଦ୍ ହି ଭିନ୍ନ ସତ୍ ସଦା ଅପି ଅଭିନ୍ନମ୍ ଅସ୍ତି । ତତ୍ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଅଶନ = ଭୋଜନ । କ୍ରୀଡ଼ନ = ଖେଳକୁଦ । ଆମୋଦ = ଆନନ୍ଦ । ଯଦ୍ = ଯାହା । ହି = ଯେହେତୁ । ଅପି = ମଧ୍ୟ । ମାମକଂ = ମୋର । ଭୂତଳେ = ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ । ଭାତି = ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ବେଶଭୂଷା-ଭୋଜନ-ଉପାସନ।ପଦ୍ଧତି-କ୍ରୀଡ଼।-ଆମୋଦପ୍ରମୋଦ-ସଂସ୍କାର ବ୍ୟବହାର ମାନଙ୍କରେ ଯାହା ହିଁ ଭିନ୍ନ ହୋଇ ମଧ୍ୟ ସର୍ବଦା ଅଭିନ୍ନ ଅଟେ, ତାହା ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅତ୍ର ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଦେଶସ୍ୟ ଶୋଭା ବର୍ଣିତମସ୍ତି ।

ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଦେଶେ ବିଭିନ୍ନପ୍ରାନ୍ତେଷୁ ବେଶଭୂଷା ଭିନ୍ନା ଅସ୍ଥି । ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭୋଜନଂ ତୁ ଭିନ୍ନମେବ ଭବତି । ସର୍ବେଷା ଜନାନାମ୍ ଉପାସନାପଦ୍ଧତିଃ ଭିନ୍ନମସ୍ତା । କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା-ଆମୋଦଃ ପ୍ରମୋଦଣ୍ଟ ଭିନ୍ନମସ୍ତା । ସଂସ୍କାରମପି ଭିନ୍ନମସ୍ତା । ଏତେଷୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନେଷୁ ବୃଦ୍ଧିଶୁ ଯଦ୍ୟପି ଭିନ୍ନତା ପରିଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟତେ ତଥାପି ସର୍ବବ ଅଭିନ୍ନତାମ୍ ଅସ୍ଥି । ଏତତ୍ ତୁ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ମହତ୍ତ୍ଵମ୍ । ଏତାଦୃଶଂ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ନାମ ବିଭାତି । କବି ଯଥା ଅତ୍ର ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ମହନୀୟତାଂ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣୟତି ତଦେବ ଅତୀବ ସ୍ପୃହଣୀୟଃ ଗ୍ରହଣୀୟ ଭବତି ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ‘ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା’ ପୁସ୍ତକର ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତର ସଂସ୍କୃତି ଓ ପରମ୍ପରା ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଆମ ଦେଶ ଭାରତବର୍ଷରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କର ବେଶଭୂଷା ଭିନ୍ନ ଅଟେ । ସେମାନଙ୍କର ପୋଷାକ ପରିଚ୍ଛଦ ମଧ୍ୟ ଭିନ୍ନ ଅଟେ । ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କର ଖାଦ୍ୟପାନୀୟ ମଧ୍ୟ ସ୍ଥଳବିଶେଷରେ ଭିନ୍ନ ଅଟେ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଲୋକର ପୂଜା ବା ଉପାସନା ପଦ୍ଧତି ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଅଟେ । ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସଂପ୍ରଦାୟର ଲୋକେ ସ୍ଵ ସ୍ବ ଶୈଳୀରେ ଉପାସନା କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା, ଆମୋଦପ୍ରମୋଦ, ସଂସ୍କାରାଦି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ଆମ ଦେଶର ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କର ରୁଚିବୋଧ ଏକାନ୍ତ ଗ୍ରହଣୀୟ ଅଟେ । ଏସବୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପରେ ଏତେସବୁ ଭିନ୍ନତା ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ ମଧ୍ଯ ଅଭିନ୍ନତା ହିଁ ରହିଛି । ବସ୍ତୁତଃ ଏହିଭଳି ଭାବେ ଆମର ଭାରତଦେଶ ଏତେସବୁ ବିବିଧତା ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ ମଧ୍ଯ ଏକରୂପେ ପ୍ରତୀତ ହେଉଛି । ଏହିଭଳି ଆମର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ବରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଅଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ବେଶଭୂଷାଶନୋପାସନାପଦ୍ଧତି = ବେଶଭୂଷା + ଅଶନ + ଉପାସନାପଦ୍ଧତିଃ । କ୍ରୀଡ଼ନାମୋଦ = କ୍ରୀଡ଼ନ + ଆମୋଦ । ବୃତ୍ୟାଦିଷୁ = ବୃତ୍ତି + ଆଦିଶୁ । ଯଦି ଯଦ୍ + ହି । ସଦସ୍ୟସ୍ତ୍ୟଭିନ୍ନମ୍ = ସତ୍ + ଅପି + ଅସ୍ତି + ଅଭିନ୍ନମ୍ । ତନ୍ମାମକମ୍ = ତତ୍ + ମାମକମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ଉପାସନାପଦ୍ଧତିଃ = ଉପାସନାୟା ପଦ୍ଧତିଃ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ଅଭିନ୍ନମ୍ = ନ ଭିନ୍ନମ୍ (ନୡ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ବୃତ୍ୟାଦିଷ୍ଣୁ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ ଭାରତମ୍ = କର୍ଭରି ୧ ମା । ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଅଶନମ୍ = ଅଶ୍ + ଲୁଟ୍ । ଆମୋଦଃ = ଆ+ ମୁଦ୍ + ଘଞ୍ଚ । ସଂସ୍କାରଃ = ସମ୍ + କୃ + ଘଞ୍ଚ । ଭିନ୍ନମ୍ = ଭିଦ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୩

दर्शनज्ञानचारित्र्य सम्मेलनं
यत्र मोक्षस्य मार्गं भणन्त्यागमाः ।
ज्ञानमास्ते च भारः क्रियां वै विना
भूतले भाति तन्मामकं भारतम् ॥ ३ ॥

ଦର୍ଶନଜ୍ଞ।ନଚାରିତ୍ତ୍ର୍ୟସମ୍ମଳନଂ
ଯତ୍ର ମୋକ୍ଷସ୍ୟ ମାର୍ଗ ଭଣତ୍ୟାଗମା ।
ଜ୍ଞାନମାସ୍ତେ ଚ ଭାରଃ କ୍ରିୟାଂ ବୈ ବିନା
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ତନ୍ମାମକଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୩ ॥

ଅନ୍ବୟ – ଯତ୍ର ଆଗମଃ ଦର୍ଶନ-ଜ୍ଞାନ-ଚାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ-ସମେଳନଂ ମୋକ୍ଷସ୍ୟ ମାର୍ଗ ଭଣନ୍ତି (ଯତ୍ର) ଜ୍ଞାନଂ ବୈ କ୍ରିୟା ବିନା ଭାରଃ ଚ ଆସ୍ତେ । ତତ୍ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଯତ୍ର = ଯେଉଁଠାରେ । ଆଗମା = ବେଦାଦିଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମାନ । ସମ୍ମଳନମ୍ = ଏକତ୍ରିତ ହୋଇ । ମୋକ୍ଷସ୍ୟ = ମୁକ୍ତିର । ମାର୍ଗମ୍ = ପଥକୁ । ଭଣନ୍ତି = କୁହନ୍ତି । ଭୂତଳେ = ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ । ଭାତି = ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଯେଉଁଠି ବେଦାଦିଶାସ୍ତ୍ର-ଦର୍ଶନ-ଜ୍ଞାନ ଏବଂ ଚାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ ମିଳିତଭାବେ ମୁକ୍ତିର ପଥକୁ କହନ୍ତି (ଯେଉଁଠି) କ୍ରିୟା

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅତ୍ର କରଂ ବେଦାଦିଶାସ୍ତ୍ରଜ୍ଞାନଂ ମୋକ୍ଷମେବ କଥୟନ୍ତି ତଦେବ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମ୍ ।

ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଦେଶେ ବେଦୋପନିଷଦାଦିଗ୍ରନ୍ଥା ମୁକ୍ତେ ମାର୍ଗମେବ କଥୟନ୍ତି । ସର୍ବେ ଦର୍ଶନଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ଅପି ମୋକ୍ଷବିଷୟମ୍ ଆଲୋଚୟନ୍ତି । ଜ୍ଞାନଂ ଚାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ ଚ ମୋକ୍ଷାର୍ଥୀ ଭବତି । ଅତ୍ର କ୍ରିୟାଂ ବିନା ଜ୍ଞାନଂ ଭାରଃ ଭବତି । ଏତାଦୃଶଂ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଭୂତଳେ ଶୋଭତେ । ଅତ୍ର ଯଥା କବି ଭାରତଦେଶସ୍ୟ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥଶାସ୍ତ୍ରାମିଂ ଜ୍ଞାନଚରିତ୍ରାଣଂ ଚ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣଂ କୃତମ୍ ତଦେବ ଅତୀବ ଶିକ୍ଷଣୀୟଂ ଗ୍ରହଣୀୟଂ ଚ ଭବତି । ଯେ ତାବତ୍ ମୁକ୍ତିକାମୀଜନା ସନ୍ତ ତେ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ଜ୍ଞାନଂ ଚରିତ୍ର ଚ ଅବଶ୍ୟ ସ୍ଵୀକରିଷ୍ୟନ୍ତ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଉଦ୍ଧୃତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ସଂଗୃହୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଜ୍ଞାନ ଓ ଚାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟର ମହତ୍ତ୍ବ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଭାରତୀୟ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରୀୟ ପରମ୍ପରା ଅତୀବ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ । ଏଠାରେ ବେଦ ଉପନିଷଦାଦି ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଦର୍ଶନଶାସ୍ତ୍ର, ଜ୍ଞାନ ତଥା ବିବିଧ ଚରିତ୍ର ମିଳିତଭାବେ ମୁକ୍ତିର ମାର୍ଗକୁ କହିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଜୀବନରେ ମୁକ୍ତି ବା ମୋକ୍ଷ ହିଁ ସର୍ବଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ପୁରୁଷାର୍ଥ । ଏଣୁ ଏସବୁ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରଗ୍ରନ୍ଥମାନ ମୁକ୍ତିର ପଥ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ କରନ୍ତି । ଏଠାରେ କ୍ରିୟା ବିନା ଜ୍ଞାନ ଭାରସଦୃଶ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରୀୟ ଜ୍ଞାନ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଭାରତୀୟମାନେ ବ୍ୟାବହାରିକ କ୍ରିୟା ଉପରେ ଅଧିକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଦେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଏହିଭଳି ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ଶୋଭିତ ହେଉଛି । ଏଣୁ ଆମେ ଏ ଦେଶର ଅସ୍ଵାସୀ ଭାବେ ଗର୍ବ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଭଣନ୍ତ୍ୟାଗମାଃ = ଭଣନ୍ତି + ଆଗମା । ଜ୍ଞାନମାସ୍ତେ = ଜ୍ଞାନମ୍ + ଆସ୍ତେ । ତନ୍ମାମକମ୍ = ତତ୍ + ମାମକମ୍ ।
ସମାସ – ଭୂତଳେ = ଭୁନଃ ତଳମ୍, ତସ୍ମିନ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) ।
ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଆଗମା = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ମୋକ୍ଷସ୍ୟ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ମାର୍ଗମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଜ୍ଞାନମ୍ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । କ୍ରିୟାମ୍ = ବିନା ଯୋଗେ ୨ୟା । ଭାରଃ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ
ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଜ୍ଞାନମ୍ = ଜ୍ଞା + ଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ । ଆଗମା = ଆ + ଗମ୍ + ଅଚ୍ + ଜସ୍ । ଭାରଃ = ଭୂ + ଘଞ୍ଚ୍ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୪

जाह्नवी – चन्द्रभागा-जलैः पावितं
भानुजा-नर्मदा-वीचिभिर्लालितम् ।
तुङ्गभद्रा – विपाशादिभिर्भावितं
भूतले भाति मेनारतं भारतम् ॥ ४ ॥

ଜାହ୍ନବୀ-ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରଭାଗା -ଜୟଃ ପାବିତଂ
ଭାନୁଜା-ନର୍ମଦା -ବୀଚିଭିର୍ଲାଳିତମ୍ ।
ତୁଙ୍ଗଭଦ୍ରା-ବପାଶ।ଦିଭିର୍ଭ।ବିତଂ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ४ ॥

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ଜାହ୍ନବୀ – ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରଭାଗା -ଜଳି ପାବିତମ୍ବ, ଭାନୁଜା – ନର୍ମଦା – ବିଚିଭି ଲାଳିତମ୍, ତୁଙ୍ଗଭଦ୍ରା – ବିପାଶାଦିଭିଃ ଭାବିତମ୍, ମେ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଜାହ୍ନବୀ = ଗଙ୍ଗା । ଜକୈଃ = ଜଳଦ୍ଵାରା । ପାବିତମ୍ = ପବିତ୍ରିତ । ଭାନୁଜା = ଯମୁନା । ବିଚିଭିଃ = ତରଙ୍ଗଦ୍ଵାରା । ଲାଳିତମ୍ = ଆନ୍ଦୋଳିତ । ଭାବିତମ୍ = ଆଦ୍ରୀଭୂତ । ମେ = ମୋର । ଅନାରତମ୍ = ଅବିରତ । ଭାତି = ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋୟାଂ ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅତ୍ର ଭାରତେ ପ୍ରବାହିତାନାଂ ନଦୀନାଂ ବର୍ଧନଂ ଭବତି ।

ପୂତଂ ପବିତଂ ଚ ଅସ୍ଵାକଂ ଭାରତବର୍ଷମ୍ । ଗଙ୍ଗା-ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରଭାଗା ଜଳେ ନିତାଂ ପବିତ୍ରିତମ୍ । ଯମୁନା-ନର୍ମଦା ଜଳତରଙ୍ଗି ତରଙ୍ଗାୟିତମ୍ ଆନ୍ଦୋଳିତଂ ଚ । ତୁଙ୍ଗଭଦ୍ରା-ବିପାଶାଦିଭିଂ ଜ ଭାବିତମ୍ । ଏତାଦୃଶଂ ମମ ଦେଶଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ବିଶ୍ଵେ ଅବିରତଂ ବିଶୋଭିତମ୍ । ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଦେଶେ ପ୍ରବାହିତନଦୀନାଂ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନଂ ଯଥା କବିନା କ୍ରିୟତେ, ତଦେବ ଅତୀବ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନୀୟଂ ଭବତି ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଏହି ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତଭୂମିରେ ପ୍ରବାହିତ ନଦୀମାନଙ୍କର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରାଯାଇଚ୍ଛା

ଆମ ଦେଶର ମାଟି ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପବିତ୍ର କାରଣ ଏଠାରେ ଗଙ୍ଗା ଓ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରଭାଗାର ଜଳ ପ୍ରବାହିତ ହେଉଅଛି । ଭାରତୀୟମାନେ ଗଙ୍ଗାକୁ ମାତା ରୂପରେ ପୂଜା କରନ୍ତି । ଏହାର ପବିତ୍ର ଜଳ ସମସ୍ତ ପୁଣ୍ୟକାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଯମୁନା, ନର୍ମଦାର ତରଙ୍ଗରେ ତରଙ୍ଗାୟିତ ଏ ଭାରତଭୂମି । ତୁଙ୍ଗଭଦ୍ରା, ବିପାଶାଦି ନଦୀମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଭାରତର ମାଟି ଆର୍ଦ୍ର ହୋଇଛି । ଏହିଭଳି ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ପୃଥ୍ବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଅଛା

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ବୀଚିଭିର୍ଲାଳିତମ୍ = ବୀଚିରଃ + ଲାଳିତମ୍ । ବିପାଶାଦିଭିର୍ଭାବିତମ୍ = ବିପାଶା + ଆଦିଭିଂ + ଭାବିତମ୍ । ମେଽନାରତମ୍ = ମେ + ଅନାରତମ୍ ।
ସମାସ – ଭୂତଳେ = ଭୁବ ତଳମ୍, ତସ୍ମିନ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷଃ) ।
ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଜାହ୍ନବୀ, ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରଭାଗା, ଭାନୁଜା, ନର୍ମଦା, ତୁଙ୍ଗଭଦ୍ରା = କଉଁରି ୧ମା । ଜଳେ, ବିଚିଭି, ବିପାଶାଦିଭିଂ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ମେ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।
ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ପାବିତମ୍ = ପୂ + ଣିଚ୍ + କ୍ତ । ଭାବିତମ୍ = ଭୂ + ଣିଚ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୫

विन्ध्य – सह्याद्रि- नीलाद्रिमालान्वितं
शुभ्रहमाद्रि – हासप्रभापूरितम् ।
अर्बुदारावलीश्रेणी – सम्पूजितं
भूतले भाति मेनारतं भारतम् ॥ ५ ॥

ବିନ୍ଧ୍ୟ-ସହହ୍ୟାଦ୍ରି-ନୀଳାଦ୍ରିମାଳାନ୍ୱିତଂ
ଶୁଭ୍ରହୈମାଦ୍ରି -ହାସପ୍ରଭାପୂରିତମ୍ ।
ଅର୍ବୁଦାରାବଳୀଶ୍ରେଣୀ – ସମ୍ପୂଜିତଂ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ || ୫ ||

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ବିନ୍ଧ୍ୟ – ସହ୍ୟାଦ୍ରି-ନୀଳାଦ୍ରିମାଳାନ୍ନିତମ୍, ଶୁଭ୍ରହିମାଦ୍ରି-ହାସପ୍ରଭାପୂରିତମ୍, ଅର୍ବୁଦାରାବଳୀ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ – ସମ୍ପୂଜିତମ୍, ମେ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଅଦ୍ରି = ପର୍ବତ । ଶୁଭ୍ର = ସ୍ଵଚ୍ଛ । ଶ୍ରେଣୀ = ସମୂହ । ମେ = ମୋର । ଅନାରତମ୍ = ନିରନ୍ତର । ଭାତି = ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ବିନ୍ଧ୍ୟ-ସହ୍ୟାଦ୍ରି-ନୀଳାଦ୍ରି ପର୍ବତମାଳାଦ୍ୱାରା ପରିପୂରିତ, ଧବଳ ହିମାଳୟ ପର୍ବତ ହାସପ୍ରଭାରେ ପରିପୂର୍ଣ,

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅତ୍ର ଭାରତଭୂମୌ ଅବସ୍ଥିତାନାଂ ପର୍ବତାନାଂ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମସ୍ତି ।

ପର୍ବତଃ ଭୂମିଭାଗଂ ଧାରୟତ୍ତି । ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ସର୍ବତ୍ରୈବ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସଂପଦ ସ୍ବରୂପ ପର୍ବତଃ ବିରାଜନ୍ତେ । ଅତ୍ର ବିନ୍ଧ୍ୟ – ସହ୍ୟାଦ୍ରି-ନୀଳାଦ୍ରିମାଳାନ୍ଵିତମ, ଶୁଭ୍ରହିମାଦ୍ରି-ହାସପ୍ରଭାପୂରିତମ୍, ଅର୍ବୁଦାରାବଳୀଶ୍ରେଣୀ-ସଂପୂଜିତମ୍ । ଅନେନ ପ୍ରକାରେଣ ବିଭିନ୍ନେ ପର୍ବତଃ ଅସ୍ଵାକଂ ଦେଶ ଭାରତଂ ସୁଶୋଭିତଂ ସୁସମୃଦ୍ଧ ଚ ଭବତି । ଏତାଦୃଶଂ ମମ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ନିରନ୍ତରଂ ଶୋଭତେ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଏହି ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆସିଅଛି । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତ ଭୂଖଣ୍ଡରେ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ପର୍ବତମାନଙ୍କ ବିଷୟରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ପର୍ବତମାନେ ଭାରତଭୂଖଣ୍ଡର ଧାରକ ତଥା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଓ ବୈଭବର ପ୍ରତୀକ ରୂପେ ଦଣ୍ଡାୟମାନ । ଏହି ଭାରତଦେଶରେ ବିନ୍ଧ୍ୟ ସହ୍ୟାଦ୍ରି ଓ ନୀଳାଦ୍ରି ମାଳାରୂପରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛନ୍ତି । ସ୍ବଚ୍ଛ ହିମାଳୟ ପର୍ବତ ସତେ ଅବା ହାସପ୍ରଭାରେ ପରିପୂରିତ ହୋଇଛି । ଅର୍ବୁଦ ଓ ଆରାବଳୀ ପର୍ବତଶ୍ରେଣୀ ସମ୍ୟକ୍ ପୂଜିତ ହୋଇଅଛନ୍ତି । ଏହିଭଳି ଅନେକ ପର୍ବତମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ଵାରା ବିଶୋଭିତ ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଅଛି । ଭାରତର ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ମନୋହାରୀ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ସହ୍ୟାଦ୍ରିଃ = ସହ୍ୟ + ଅନ୍ତଃ । ନିଳାଦ୍ରିମାଳାନ୍ଵିତମ୍ = ନୀଳ + ଅଦ୍ରିମାଳା + ଅନ୍ବିତମ୍ । ହୈମ + ଅନ୍ତଃ । ଅର୍ବୁଦାରାବଳୀଶ୍ରେଣୀ ମେଽନାରତମ୍ = ମେ + ଅନାରତମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ସହ୍ୟାଦ୍ରିଃ = ସହ୍ୟ + ନାମ ଅନ୍ତଃ (ମଧ୍ୟପଦଲୋପୀ କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ଶୁଭ୍ରହୈମାଦ୍ରି = ହୈମ ଅର୍ଦ୍ର ଯସ୍ୟ ଡଃ, ହୈମାଦ୍ରି (ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ), ଶୁଭ୍ର ହୈମାଦ୍ରି (କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ହାସପ୍ରଭାପୂରିତମ୍ = ହାସ ପ୍ରଭା ଯସ୍ୟ ଡଃ (ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ), ହାସପ୍ରଭୟା ପୂରିତମ୍ (୩ୟା ତତ୍ତ୍ଵପୁରୁଷ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ବିନ୍ଧ୍ୟ, ସହ୍ୟାଦ୍ରି, ଭାରତମ୍ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ମେ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ହାସ୍ୟ = ହସ୍ + ଘଞ୍ଚ୍ । ପୂରିତମ୍ = ପୂର୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + କ୍ତ । ସମ୍‌ପୂଜିତମ୍ = ସମ୍ + ପୂଜ୍ + ଣିବ + କ୍ତ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୬

विद्युदुत्पादने तैलसंशोधने
इन्धनान्वेषणे लौहनिष्पादने ।
यन्त्रनिर्माणकार्ये समर्थं च सद्
भूतले भाति मेनारतं भारतम् ॥ ६ ॥

ବିଦ୍ୟୁତୁତ୍ପାଦନେ ତୈଳସଂଶୋଧରେ
ଇନ୍ଧନାନ୍ଵେଷଣେ ଲୌହନିଷ୍ପାଦନେ ।
ଯନ୍ତନିର୍ମାଣକାର୍ଯ୍ୟେ ସମର୍ଥଂ ଚ ସଦ୍‌
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୬ ॥

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍‌ ଉତ୍ପାଦଳନ ତୈଳସଂ ଶୋଧନେ ଇନ୍ଧନ ଅନ୍ୱେଷଣେ ଲୌହନିଷ୍ପ।ଦନେ ସଦ୍ ମେ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ = ବିଜୁଳି । ଇନ୍ଧନ = ଜାଳେଣି । ଅନ୍ଵେଷଣେ = ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ । ସଦ୍ = ହୋଇ । ମେ = ମୋର । ଅନାରତମ୍ = ନିରନ୍ତର । ଭାତି = ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଉତ୍ପାଦନରେ, ତୈଳଶୋଧନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ, ଇନ୍ଧନସାମଗ୍ରୀ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନରେ, ଲୌହ ନିଷ୍ପନ୍ନ କରିବାରେ ଓ ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ନିର୍ମାଣ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ସମର୍ଥ ହୋଇ ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଯନ୍ତ୍ରବିଜ୍ଞାନେ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ କଥ୍ୟ ବିଦ୍ୟତେ ତଦେବ ଅତ୍ର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମ୍ ।

ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଦେଶଃ ବିବିଧଯାନ୍ତ୍ରିକ ତଥା ବୈଷୟିକ ବିଦ୍ୟାୟାଂ ପାରଙ୍ଗମଃ ଭବତି । ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍-ଉତ୍ପାଦନେ, ତୈଳ ସଂଶୋଧନେ, ଇନ୍ଧନାନ୍ଵେଷଣେ, ଲୌହନିଷ୍ପାଦନେ, ଯନ୍ତ୍ରନିର୍ମାଣକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଚ ସଦା ସମର୍ଥ ଭବତି । ଏତେଷୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଷୁ ଭାରତୀୟ ଯାନ୍ତ୍ରିକବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକାନାଂ ଭୂମିକା ଅତୀବ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣା ଆସୀତ୍ । ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ସ୍ୱତନ୍ତ୍ରତା ବିଦ୍ୟତେ । ଏତେନ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତବର୍ଷ ଭୂତଳେ ଅବିରତଂ ଭାତି । ବିଶ୍ଵେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ପ୍ରଗତିଃ ସମୃଦ୍ଧି ଚ ପରିଲକ୍ଷିତଂ ଭବତି ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶଂସିତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ସଂଗୃହୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତବର୍ଷ କିଭଳି ଭାବେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଯାନ୍ତ୍ରିକ ତଥା ବୈଷୟିକ ବିଦ୍ୟାରେ ପାରଙ୍ଗମ ବା ସିଦ୍ଧହସ୍ତ ତାହା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ମନୁଷ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କର ନିତ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟବହାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ରୂପେ ବିଜୁଳି, ଇନ୍ଧନ, ଲୌହ, ଯନ୍ତ୍ରାଂଶ ଆଦି ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏସବୁ ବ୍ୟତିରେକେ ମାନବଜୀବନ ଗତିଶୀଳ ହେବା କଷ୍ଟକର । ଏଣୁ ଏସବୁ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଭାରତର ସୁମହତ୍ତ୍ବ ରହିଛି । ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଉତ୍ପାଦନରେ, ତୈଳ ସଂଶୋଧନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ, ବିବିଧପ୍ରକାର ଇନ୍ଧନ ଯଥା – ଡିଜେଲ୍, ପେଟ୍ରୋଲ୍, କିରାସିନି ଆଦିର ଅନ୍ଵେଷଣରେ ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ଲୌହନିଷ୍ପାଦନ ଓ ବିବିଧ ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ନିର୍ମାଣ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକମାନେ ସଦା ଚେଷ୍ଟିତ । ଏହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଆମର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ଶୋଭିତ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ବିଦ୍ୟୁଦୂତ୍ପାଦନେ = ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ + ଉତ୍ପାଦନେ । ଇନ୍ଧନାନ୍ଵେଷଣେ = ଇନ୍ଧନ + ଅନ୍ଵେଷଣେ । ମେଽନାରତମ୍ ମେ + ଅନାରତମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ତୈଳସଂଶୋଧନେ = ତୈଳାନାଂ ସଂଶୋଧନମ୍, ତସ୍ମିନ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ଲୌହନିଷ୍ପାଦନେ = ଲୌହସ୍ୟ ନିଷ୍ପାଦନମ୍, ତସ୍ମିନ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ବିଦ୍ଯୁଦୁତ୍ପାଦନେ, ତୈଳସଂଶୋଧନେ, ଇନ୍ଧନାନ୍ଵେଷଣେ, ଲୌହନିଷ୍ପାଦନେ, ଯନ୍ତ୍ରନିର୍ମାଣକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଅଧ୍ୟାକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଭୂତଳେ = ସ୍ଥାନାଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ସଂଶୋଧନମ୍ = ସମ୍ – ଶୁଧ୍ + ଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ । ନିର୍ମାଣମ୍ = ନିର୍ – ମା! + ଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ । ଭାତି = ଭା + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୭

रोगजालं चिकित्सालयस्थापनै-
रोषधोत्पादनैः शल्यशोधैस्तथा ।
नूतनाभिश्चिकित्साभिरून्मूलयद्
भूतले भाति मेऽनारतं भारतम् ॥ ७

ରେ।ଗାଜ।ଳଂ ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟସ୍ଥାପନୈ-
ରୋଷଧୋତ୍ପାଦନଃ ଶଲ୍ୟଶୋଧୈସ୍ଥଥା ।
ନୂତନାଭିଶ୍ଚିକିତ୍ସାଭିରୂନୂ ଳୟଦ୍
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାଇତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ || ୭ ||

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟସ୍ଥାପନୌଃ ଔଷଧୋପ୍।ଦନୈଃ ଶଲ୍ୟ ଭୂତଳେ ମେ ଭାରତମ୍ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟ ସ୍ଥାପନଦ୍ଵାରା । ଔଷଧୋତ୍ପାଦନଃ = ଔଷଧ ଉତ୍ପାଦନଦ୍ଵାରା । = ଶଲ୍ୟଶୋଧୈ = କଣ୍ଟାପ୍ରଭୃତି ବାହାର କରିବାଦ୍ଵାରା । ରୋଗଜାଳମ୍ = ବିଭିନ୍ନ ରୋଗକୁ । ଉନ୍ମୁଳୟତ୍ = ଦୂରକରି । ମେ = ମୋର । ଅନାରତମ୍ = ଅବିରତ ବା ନିରନ୍ତର । ଭାତି = ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଡାକ୍ତରଖାନା ସ୍ଥାପନଦ୍ୱାରା, ଔଷଧ ଉତ୍ପାଦନଦ୍ଵାରା, ଶଲ୍ୟ (କଣ୍ଟା ବା ଶର) ଶୋଧନ ବା ବାହାର କରିବାଦ୍ଵାରା ତଥା ନୂତନ ଚିକିତ୍ସାଦ୍ଵାରା ରୋଗସମୂହକୁ ନିରାକରଣ କରି ପୃଥ‌ିବୀ ପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶେ।ଭାପାଉଛା

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଚିକିତ୍ସାକ୍ଷେତ୍ରେ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ଅବଦାନମ୍ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ୍ୟ ଭବତି ।

ଭାରତୀୟ ଚିକିତ୍ସାବିଜ୍ଞାନ ପରମ୍ପରା ଅତୀବ ପ୍ରାଚୀନା ଭବତି । ଚରକସୁଶ୍ରୁତାଦୟ ଚିକିତ୍ସାବିଜ୍ଞାନେ କ୍ରାନ୍ତିକାରୀ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଂ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶୟନ୍ତି । ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟସ୍ଥାପନଃ, ଔଷଧୋତ୍ପାଦନଃ, ଶଲ୍ୟଶୋଧୈ ତଥା ନୂତନାଭି ଚିକିତ୍ସାଭି ରୋଗଜାଳଂ ଉନ୍ମୁଳୟତ୍ ଭୂତଳେ ମେ ଭାରତମ୍ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି । ସୁନମ୍ୟଚିକିତ୍ସାୟା ଜନନୀ ଭାରତଭୂମି ଇତି ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଉଦ୍ଧୃତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ଚିକିତ୍ସା ତଥା ରୋଗନିଦାନ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଆମ ଭାରତବର୍ଷର ଚିକିତ୍ସା ପରମ୍ପରା ଅତୀବ ପ୍ରାଚୀନ । ଚରକ ଓ ସୁଶ୍ରୁତ ପ୍ରଭୃତି ଚିକିତ୍ସାବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ଚିକିତ୍ସାର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ସ୍ୱରଚିତ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥମାନଙ୍କରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନ କରିଅଛନ୍ତି । ରୋଗର ନିଦାନ ତଥା ଚିକିତ୍ସାବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ନିମନ୍ତେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସ୍ଥାନମାନଙ୍କରେ ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟ ବା ଡାକ୍ତରଖାନାମାନଙ୍କର ସ୍ଥାପନ, ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଔଷଧଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ପାଦନ, କଣ୍ଟା ବା ଶର ଫୋଡ଼ି ହୋଇଥିଲେ ସେସବୁର ଶୋଧନ ତଥା ନୂତନ ନୂତନ ଚିକିତ୍ସା ପଦ୍ଧତିଦ୍ଵାରା ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାର ରୋଗସମୂହର ଉନ୍ମଳନ କରି ଆମ ଦେଶ ଚିକିତ୍ସାକ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ କ୍ରାନ୍ତିକାରୀ ସଫଳତା ଲାଭ କରିଛି । ଏହିଭଳି ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ବିଶ୍ବରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଅଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟସ୍ଥାପନୈରୋଷଧୋତ୍ପାଦନୈଃ = ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟସ୍ଥାପନଃ + ଔଷଧ + ଉତ୍ପାଦନଃ । ଶଲ୍ୟଶୋଧୈ + ତଥା । ନୂତନାଭିଶ୍ଚିକିତ୍ସାଭିରୁନୁ ଳୟଦ୍ = ନୂତନାଭଃ + ଚିକିତ୍ସାଭଃ + ଉନ୍ମ ଳୟଦ୍ । ମେଽନାରତମ୍ : = ମେ + ଅନାରତମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟଃ = ଚିକିତ୍ସାୟୋଃ ଆଳୟ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ଶଲ୍ୟଶୋଧୈ = ଶଲ୍ୟାନାଂ ଶୋଧଃ, ତୈଃ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵପୁରୁଷଃ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟସ୍ଥାପନଃ, ଔଷଧୋତ୍ପାଦନଃ, ଶଲ୍ୟଶୋଧୈ, ନୂତନାଭିଂ, ଚିକିତ୍ସାଭି = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ରୋଗଜାଳମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ସ୍ଥାପନମ୍ = ସ୍ଥାପ୍ + ଲୁଟ୍ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୮

आर्यभट्ट वियन्मण्डले स्थापयत्
पोखरण – भूमिगर्भेऽणुशक्तिं किरत् ।
शान्तिकार्येष्वणं प्रेरयत्सन्ततं
भूतले भाति मेऽनारतं भारतम् ॥ ८ ॥

ଅ।ର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଙ୍ଗ ବିୟନ୍କଣ୍ଡଳେ ସ୍ଥ।ପୟତ୍‌
ପୋଖରଣ୍ -ଭୂମିଗର୍ଭେଽଣୁଶଣ୍ଡିଂ କିରତ୍
ଶାନ୍ତିକାର୍ଯ୍ୟୋଷ୍ଠଭ୍ୟୁ ପ୍ରେରୟସ୍ଥନ୍ତତଂ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ।। ୮ ।।

ଅନ୍ବୟ – ବିୟନ୍ମଣ୍ଡଳେ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଙ୍ଗ ସ୍ଥାପୟତ୍, ପୋଖରଣ୍-ଭୂମିଗର୍ଭେ ଅଣୁଶକ୍ତି କିରତ୍ୱ, ଶାନ୍ତକାର୍ଯ୍ୟଷୁ ଅଣଂ ପ୍ରେରୟତ୍ ସନ୍ତତଂ ମେ ଭାରତମ୍ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ବିୟନ୍ମଣ୍ଡଳେ = ଆକାଶ ମଣ୍ଡଳରେ। ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟମ୍ = ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟକୁ । ସ୍ଥାପୟତ୍ ସଂସ୍ଥାପନ କରି । ଭୂଗର୍ଭରେ । କିରତ୍ = ବିକିରଣ କରି । ପ୍ରେରୟତ୍ = ପ୍ରେରଣ କରି । ସନ୍ତତମ୍ = ସର୍ବଦା । ମେ = ଅନାରତମ୍ = ନିରନ୍ତର । ଭାତି = ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଆକାଶ ମଣ୍ଡଳରେ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟକୁ ସ୍ଥାପନ କରି, ପୋଖରଣ୍ ଭୂମିଗର୍ଭରେ ଅଣୁଶକ୍ତିକୁ ବିକିରଣ କରି, ଶାନ୍ତକାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ଅଣୁକୁ ପ୍ରେରିତ କରି ସଦୈବ ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅସ୍ଥିତ୍ଵ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଅଣୁଶକ୍ତିକ୍ଷେତ୍ରେ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ସଫଳତାଂ ପ୍ରଗତଂ ଚ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତଂ ଭବତି ।

ଅଣୁବିଜ୍ଞାନୀରୂପେଣ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟ ସୁପରିଚିତଃ । ତସ୍ୟ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ ତୁ ବିଜ୍ଞାନସମ୍ମତଃ । ଆକାଶମଣ୍ଡଳେ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଙ ଉପଗ୍ରହ ସ୍ଥାପୟତ୍, ପୋଖରଣ୍ୟଭୂମିଗର୍ଭେ ଅଣୁଶଭିଂ ବିକିରତ୍, ଶାନ୍ତକାର୍ଯ୍ୟଷୁ ଅଭ୍ୟୁ ପ୍ରେରୟତ୍‌ ସନ୍ତତଂ ମମ ଦେଶଂ ଭାରତଂ ନିରନ୍ତରଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି । ପ୍ରାଚୀନଭାରତେ ଭୂଗର୍ଭଶାସ୍ତ୍ରମ୍ ଅତୀବ ବିଖ୍ୟାତମାସୀତ୍ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଏହି ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆସିଅଛି । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ଅଣୁଶକ୍ତିର ସଫଳ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଭାରତୀୟ ଭୂଗର୍ଭଶାସ୍ତ୍ର ବିଶ୍ୱବିଖ୍ୟାତ । ଭାରତର ଅଣୁବିଜ୍ଞାନୀ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟ ସ୍ୱକୀୟ ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ ନିମନ୍ତେ ସର୍ବଜନବିଦିତ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟଙ୍କର ଭୂବ୍ୟାସ ଓ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀର ଆକୃତିବିଷୟକ ମତବାଦ ସମସ୍ତ ବୈଜ୍ଞାନିକମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଆଦୃତ । ସେହି ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟଙ୍କ ନାମାନୁସାରେ ନାମିତ ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟ ନାମକ ଉପଗ୍ରହକୁ ଆକାଶମଣ୍ଡଳରେ ସ୍ଥାପନ କରି ପୋଖରଣ ଭୂମିଗର୍ଭରେ ଅଣୁଶକ୍ତିକୁ ବିକିରଣ କରି ଶାନ୍ତିକାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ଅଣୁଶକ୍ତିକୁ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରି ସଦୈବ ଆମର ଶାନ୍ତିକାମୀ ଭାରତଦେଶ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଅଛି।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ବିୟନ୍ମଣ୍ଡଳେ = ବିୟତ୍ + ମଣ୍ଡଳେ । ଶାନ୍ତକାର୍ଯ୍ୟଶ୍ୱମ୍ = ଶାନ୍ତକାର୍ଯ୍ୟଷୁ + ଅଣୁମ୍ । ପ୍ରେରୟସନ୍ତତମ୍ : ପ୍ରେରୟତ୍ + ସନ୍ତତମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ଭୂମିଗର୍ଭେ = ଭୂମେ ଗର୍ଭମ୍, ତସ୍ମିନ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ଶାନ୍ତିକାର୍ଯ୍ୟଶ୍ରୁ = ଶାନ୍ତ୍ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟମ୍, ତେଷୁ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟଭଟ୍ଟମ୍, ଅଣୁଶକ୍ତିମ୍, ଅଣୁମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ବିୟନ୍ମଣ୍ଡଳେ, ଭୂମିଗର୍ଭ, ଶାନ୍ତକାର୍ଯ୍ୟଷୁ, ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଶକ୍ତିମ୍ = ଶକ୍ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ । ଶାନ୍ତି = ଶମ୍ + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୯

संस्कृतं प्राकृर्त तामिलं तेलुगुं
कन्नडं कैरलीं वाड्नलामौत्कलीम् ।
वाचमन्यां च तां तां ब्रुवद्वर्धते
राष्ट्रभाषायुतं मामकं भारतम् ॥

ସଂସ୍କୃତଂ ପ୍ରାକୃତଂ ତାମିଲଂ ତେଲୁଗୁଂ
କନ୍ନଡ଼ କୈରଳୀ ବାଙ୍ଗଲାମୌତ୍କଳୀମ୍ ।
ବାଚମସ୍ୟା ଚ ତାଂ ତାଂ ବ୍ରୁବଦ୍‌ବର୍ଧତେ
ରାଷ୍ଠ୍ରଭାଷାୟୁତଂ ମାମକଂ ଭ।ରତମ୍ ॥ ୯ ॥

ଅନ୍ବୟ – ସଂସ୍କୃତଂ ପ୍ରାକୃତଂ ତାମିଲଂ ତେଲୁଗୁ କନ୍ନଡ଼ କୈରଳୀ ବାଙ୍ଗଲାମ୍ ଔତ୍କଳୀ ଚ ତାଂ ତାମ୍ ଅନ୍ୟା ବା ନଂ ବ୍ରୁବତ୍ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଭାଷାୟୁତଂ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ବର୍ଧତେ ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଔତ୍କଳୀ = ଉତ୍କଳୀୟ ଭାଷା । ବାଚଂ = ଭାଷାକୁ । ବ୍ରୁବତ୍ = କହି କହି । ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଭାଷାୟୁଙ = ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଭାଷାସମୂହ ବା ସହିତ । ମାମକଂ = ମୋର । ବର୍ଧତେ = ବଢ଼ିଛି ବା ସମୃଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ସଂସ୍କୃତ, ପ୍ରାକୃତ, ତାମିଲ୍, ତେଲୁଗୁ, କନ୍ନଡ଼, କେରଳୀ, ବଙ୍ଗଳା ଓ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ସେହି ସେହି ଅନ୍ୟ ଭାଷାକୁ କହି ମଧ୍ୟ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଭାଷା ସମ୍ମିଳିତ ମୋର ଭାରତର ସମୃଦ୍ଧି ହୋଇଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅସ୍କିନ୍ ପଦ୍ୟ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଦେଶେ କଳଂ ବିବିଧା ଭାଷା ପ୍ରଚଳିତଃ ତଦେବ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମ୍ ।

ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଦେଶଃ ବହୁଭାଷାଭାଷୀ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ର ଭବତି । ଅଗ୍ନିନ୍ ଦେଶେ ଜନାଃ ଅନେକାନାଂ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟଭାଷାନାଂ ବ୍ୟବହାରଂ କୁର୍ବନ୍ତି । ଯଥା – ସଂସ୍କୃତଂ – ପ୍ରାକୃତଂ – ତାମିଲଂ – ତେଲୁଗୁ – କନ୍ନଡିଂ – କୈରଳୀ – ବାଙ୍ଗଲାମ୍ – ଔତ୍କଳୀ ଚ । ଅନେକେଷୁ ଭାଷାସୁ କଥୟତଃ ଜନାଃ ଅତ୍ର ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଭାଷାୟୁତଂ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ବର୍ଧତେ । ଅତଃ ଭାଷାମାଧ୍ଯମେନ ବିବିଧତା ମଧ୍ୟ ଏକତା ପରିଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟତେ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଏହି ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ସଂଗୃହୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭାଷା କଥନ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଆମ ଭାରତ ହେଉଛି ବହୁ ଭାଷାଭାଷୀର ଦେଶ । ଏଠାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ରାଜ୍ୟର ଲୋକମାନେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତୀୟ ଭାଷାର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ସଂସ୍କୃତ, ପ୍ରାକୃତ, ତାମିଲ, ତେଲୁଗୁ, କନ୍ନଡ଼, କେରଳୀ, ‘ବଙ୍ଗଳା ଓ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ଆଦି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଅନ୍ୟ ଭାଷାମାନ କହିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଏହି ଅନେକ ଭାଷାକଥନ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଭାଷା ସମ୍ମିଳିତ ହୋଇଥିବା ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସଦା ସମୃଦ୍ଧି କରିଅଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ବାଙ୍ଗଲାମୌତ୍କଳୀମ୍ = ବାଙ୍ଗଲାମ୍ + ଔତ୍କଳୀମ୍ । ବାଚମନ୍ୟାମ୍ = ବାଚମ୍ + ଅନ୍ୟାମ୍ । ବୃବଦ୍‌ବର୍ଧତେ ବୃବତ୍ + ବର୍ଧତେ ।

ସମାସ – ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରଭାଷାୟୁତମ୍ = ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରସ୍ୟ ଭାଷା (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ତାଭି ୟୁତମ୍ (ତୃତୀୟା ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ବାଚମ୍, ଧନ୍ୟାମ୍, ତାମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ବୁବତ୍ = ବ୍ଲୁ + ଶତୃ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧୦

व्यासवाल्मीकिरत्नाकरैरुज्वल
स्वादुकादम्बरीपानलुब्धं सदा ।
कालिदासेन भासेन संद्योतितं
भूतले भाति मेऽनारतं भारतम् ॥ १० ॥

ବ୍ୟାସବାଲ୍ମୀକିରନାକରୋଗରୁଜ୍ଜଳଂ
ସ୍ଵାଦୁକାଦମ୍ବରୀପାନଲୁକ୍କ ସଦା ।
କାଳିଦାସେନ ଭାସେନ ସଂଦ୍ୟୋତିତଂ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୧୦ ॥

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ସଦା ସ୍ଵାଦୁକାଦମ୍ବରୀପାନ ଲୁବ୍ଧ ବବ୍ୟାସବାଲ୍ମୀକିରନାକରେ ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ଵଳ, କାଳିଦାସେନ ଭାସେନ ସଂଦ୍ୟୋତିତଂ ମେ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ବ୍ୟାସବାଲ୍ମୀକିରନାକରଃ = ବ୍ୟାସ-ବାଲ୍ମୀକି-ରନାକରଙ୍କଦ୍ଵାରା । ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳମ୍ = ସମୁଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳ । ସଦା = ସର୍ବଦା । କାଦମ୍ବରୀ = କାବ୍ୟରସ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ସର୍ବଦା ଆସ୍ବାଦନୀୟ କାଦମ୍ବରୀ କାବ୍ୟରସ ପାନରେ ଲୁବ୍ଧ ବ୍ୟାସ-ବାଲ୍ମୀକି-ରନାକରଙ୍କଦ୍ଵାରା ସମୁଜ୍ଜ୍ଵଳିତ, କାଳିଦାସ-ଭାସଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ସମ୍ୟକ୍ ପ୍ରକାଶିତ (କାବ୍ୟକାଦମ୍ବରୀ) ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ଅବିରତ ବା ନିରନ୍ତର ଶେ।ଭ।ପାଉଛା

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବରାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଃ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅତ୍ର ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଭାରତୀୟ କାବ୍ୟ ତଥା କବି ପରମ୍ପରା ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମ୍ ।

ସଦୈବ କାବ୍ୟରସ କାଦମ୍ବରୀ ଆସ୍ବାଦେନ ଲୁଚଂ କବୟଃ କାବ୍ୟ ବିରଚୟନ୍ତି । ବ୍ୟାସ-ବାଲ୍ମୀକି-ରନ୍‌କରଃ ପ୍ରଭୃତି କବିଭିଂ ସ୍ବରଚିତଂ କାବ୍ୟମାଧ୍ଯମେନ କାବ୍ୟରସଂ ସମ୍ମୁଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳଂ କୃତମ୍ । କାବ୍ୟପରମ୍ପରାୟାଂ ରାମାୟଣଂ ମହାଭାରତଂ ହରବିଜୟଂ ଚ ସୁପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଭବତି । ସଂସ୍କୃତକାବ୍ୟଧାରାଂ କାଳିଦାସେନ ଭାସେନ ଚ ସଂଦ୍ୟୋତିତମ୍ । ଏତାଦୃଶଂ କାବ୍ୟରସେନ ରସାନ୍ବିତଂ ସନ୍ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଦେଶଃ ବିଶ୍ଵେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ଅବିରତଂ ଶୋଭିତେ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶଂସିତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତୀୟ କାବ୍ୟ ତଥା କବିପରମ୍ପରା ସଂପର୍କରେ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରାଯାଇଛି ।

‘ଅପାରେ କାବ୍ଯସଂସାରେ କବିରେବପ୍ରଜାପତିଃ’ – ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ କାବ୍ୟସଂସାରରେ କବି ହେଉଛି ସ୍ରଷ୍ଟା ବା ବ୍ରହ୍ମା । ସଂସ୍କୃତ କାବ୍ୟସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ଯେଉଁ କେତେଜଣ କବି ନିଜର କାବ୍ୟକାଦମ୍ବରୀକୁ ଆସ୍ବାଦ କରାଇଅଛନ୍ତି ସେମାନେ ହେଲେ – ଆଦିକାବ୍ୟ ରାମାୟଣର ରଚୟିତା ବାଲ୍ମୀକି, ମହାଭାରତର ରଚୟିତା ବ୍ୟାସ ଏବଂ ହରବିଜୟ ମହାକାବ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଣେତା ରନ୍‌କର ଇତ୍ୟାଦି । ଏହା ବ୍ୟତିରେକ କାବ୍ୟ ତଥା ନାଟ୍ୟ ସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ଯେଉଁମାନେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି ଅର୍ଜନ କରିଅଛନ୍ତି ସେମାନେ ହେଲେ ମହାକବି କାଳିଦାସ ଓ ଭାସ । ଏମାନେ କାବ୍ୟ ଜଗତିକୁ ସମ୍ୟକ୍ ପ୍ରକାଶିତ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ଏହିଭଳି ବିଭିନ୍ନ କବିମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା କାବ୍ୟରସ କାଦମ୍ବରୀ ସହୃଦୟର ହୃଦୟକୁ ଆହ୍ଲାଦିତ କରିଛି । ଏହାଦ୍ଵାରା ଆମର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ବରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ବ୍ୟାସବାଲ୍ମୀକିରନାକରେରୁଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳମ୍ = ବ୍ୟାସବାଲ୍ମୀକିରନାକରଃ + ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ୱଳମ୍ । ମେଽନାରତମ୍ = ମେ + ଅନାରତମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ବ୍ୟାସବାଲ୍ମୀକିରନାକରଃ =ବ୍ୟାସ ଚ ବାଲ୍ମୀକି ଚ ରନ୍ଧାକରଃ ଚ, ଡଃ (ଦ୍ବନ୍ଦ୍ବ) । ସଂଦ୍ୟାତିତମ୍ ସମ୍ୟକ୍ ଦ୍ୟୋତିତମ୍ (ପ୍ରାଦି ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – କାଳିଦାସେନ, ଭାସେନ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କଉଁରି ୩ୟା । ଭୂତଳେ

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଲୁବ୍ଧମ୍ = ଲୁଭ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧୧

मूलरामायणं पम्परामायणं
कम्बरामायणं दाण्डिरामायणम् ।
कृत्तिवासादिरामायणं श्रावयद्
भूतले भाति मेडनारतं भारतम् ॥ ११ ॥

ମୂଳରାମାୟଣଂ ପମ୍ପରାମାୟଣଂ
କମ୍ବରାମାୟଣଂ ଦାଣ୍ଡିରାମାୟଣମ୍ ।
କୃତ୍ତିବାସାଦିରାମାୟଣଂ ଶ୍ରାବୟଦ୍
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ || ୧୧ ||

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ମୂଳରାମାୟଣଂ ପମ୍ପରାମାୟଣଂ କମ୍ବରାମାୟଣଂ କୃଭିବା ସାଦି ରାମାୟଣଂ ଶ୍ର।ବୟତ୍‌ ମେ ଭାରତମ୍ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ମୂଳରାମାୟଣମ୍ = ବାଲ୍ମୀକିକୃତ ସଂସ୍କୃତ ରାମାୟଣ । ଶ୍ରାବୟତ୍ = ଶୁଣାଇ । ମେ = ମୋର । ଭୂତଳେ = ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ । ଅନାରତମ୍ = ନିରନ୍ତର ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ମୂଳରାମାୟଣ, ପମ୍ପରାମାୟଣ, କମ୍ବରାମାୟଣ, ଦାଣ୍ଡିରାମାୟଣ, କୃଭିବାସାଦି ରାମାୟଣକୁ ଗାନ କରାଇ ବା ଶୁଣ।ଇ ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ପୃଥିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଛ ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅତ୍ର କରଂ ବିବିଧରାମାୟଣଂ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ଶ୍ରାବୟତ୍ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଦେଶଃ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ତଦେବ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମ୍ ।

ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଭାରତୀୟ ସଂସ୍କୃତିଃ । ଅତ୍ର ମହର୍ଷିବାଲ୍ମୀକିନା ରାମାୟଣଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ବିରଚିତମ୍ । ଲୌକିକସଂସ୍କୃତସାହିତ୍ୟ ଆଦିକାବ୍ୟରୂପେଣ ଖ୍ୟାତଃ ରାମାୟଣମ୍ । ରାମସ୍ୟ ଅୟନଂ ରାମାୟଣମ୍ । ଅସ୍ୟ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥାଧାରେଣ ବିଭିନ୍ନାନି ରାମାୟଣାନି ରଚିତାନି ସନ୍ତି । ମୂଳରାମାୟଣଂ, ପମ୍ପରାମାୟଣଂ, କମ୍ବରାମାୟଣ, ଦାଣ୍ଡିରାମାୟଣଂ, କୃତ୍ତିବାସାଦିରାମାୟଣଂ ଶ୍ରାବୟତ୍ ମେ ଭାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶଂସିତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ରାମାୟଣ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥର ବିବିଧତା ଏବଂ ତଦ୍ବାରା ଭାରତର ଶୋଭା ବିଷୟ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଭାରତୀୟ ସଂସ୍କୃତି ଅତୀବ ପ୍ରାଚୀନା । ଲୌକିକ ସଂସ୍କୃତ ସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ଆଦିକାବ୍ୟ ରୂପେ ଖ୍ୟାତ ରାମାୟଣ ମହାକାବ୍ୟର ରଚୟିତା ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ମୂହର୍ଷି ବାଲ୍ମୀକି । ତାଙ୍କର ଅମରଲେଖନୀ ନିଃସୃତ କାଳଜୟୀ କୃତି ରାମାୟଣରେ ରାମଙ୍କର ଅୟନ ବା ମାର୍ଗ ବିଷୟ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରାଯାଇଅଛି । ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କାଳରେ ଏହି ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥର ଆଧାରରେ ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ମୂଳରାମାୟଣର ଅନୁକରଣରେ ପମ୍ପରାମାୟଣ, କମ୍ବରାମାୟଣ, ଦାଣ୍ଡିରାମାୟଣ, କୃଭିବାସାଦି ରାମାୟଣର ରଚନା କରାଯାଇଅଛି । ଏସବୁ ରାମାୟଣ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମର ଭ।ରତଦେଶ ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ଚିରପରିଚିତ ହେ।ଇପାରିଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – କୃତ୍ତିବାସାଦିରାମାୟଣମ୍ = କୃତ୍ତିବାସ + ଆଦିରାମାୟଣମ୍ । ମେଽନାରତମ୍ = ମେ + ଅନାରତମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ମୂଳରାମାୟଣମ୍ = ମୂଳ ରାମାୟଣମ୍ (କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ପମ୍ପରାମାୟଣମ୍ = ପମ୍ପ ନାମ ରାମାୟଣମ୍ (ମଧ୍ୟପଦଲୋପୀ କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ଦାଣ୍ଡିରାମାୟଣମ୍ = ଦାଣ୍ଡି ନାମ ରାମାୟଣମ୍ (ମଧ୍ୟପଦଲୋପୀ କର୍ମଧାରୟ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ମେ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଭାତି = ଭା + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧୨

द्वारकां सेतुबन्धं पुरीं बदरिकां
तिरुपतिं मधुपुरीं चाजमेरं दधत् ।
पुष्करामृतसरस्तीर्थराजैर्युतं
भूतले भाति मेडनारतं भारतम् ॥। १२ ॥

ଦ୍ଵାରକାଂ ସେତୁବନ୍ଧ ପୁରୀ ବଦରିକାଂ
ତିରୁପଣ୍ଟିଂ ମଧୁପୁରୀ ଚାଜମେରଂ ଦଧତ୍ ।
ପୁଷ୍କରାମୃତସରସ୍ତୀର୍ଥ ରାଜୈର୍ୟୁତଂ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୧୨ ॥

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ଦ୍ବାରକାଂ ସେତୁବନ୍ଧ ପୁରୀ ବଦରିକାଂ ତିରୁପତଂ ମଧୁପୁରୀମ୍ ଆଜମେରଂ ଚ ଦଧତ୍, ପୁଷ୍କର-ଅମୃତସରଃ-ତୀର୍ଥରାଜ୍ୟୈତଂ ମେ ଭାରତମ୍ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଦଧତ୍ = ଧାରଣ କରି । ତୀର୍ଥରାଜଃ = ଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ ତୀର୍ଥଦ୍ବାରା । ୟୁତମ୍ = ସମ୍ମିଳିତ ହୋଇ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଦ୍ଵାରକା, ସେତୁବନ୍ଧ, ପୁରୀ, ବଦରିକା, ତିରୁପତି, ମଧୁପୁରୀ ଓ ଆଜମେର୍ ପ୍ରଭୃତିକୁ ଧାରଣ କରି;

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଭାରତେ ବିଦ୍ୟମାନାନାଂ ତୀର୍ଥକ୍ଷେତ୍ରାଣଂ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନଂ ଭବତି ।

ପୁଣ୍ୟଭୂମି ଭାରତଃ । ଅତ୍ର ବିଭିନ୍ନାନି ତୀର୍ଥକ୍ଷେତ୍ରାଣି ବିରାଜିତାନି ସନ୍ତି । ଦ୍ଵାରକାଂ-ସେତୁବନ୍ଧ -ପୁରୀ-ବଦରିକା-ତିରୁପତି-ମଧୁପୁରୀ – ଆଜମେରଂ ଚ ଧାରୟତ୍,ସନ୍ ଦେଶାତ୍ମାକଂ ବିରାଜତେ । ପୁନରପି ଅମ୍ଳୀକଂ ଦେଶେ ପୁଷ୍କର-ଅମୃତସରଃ-ଇତ୍ୟାଦୟଃ ତୀର୍ଥରାଜଃ ସମ୍ମିଳିତଃ ସନ୍‌ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶଃ ଭାରତଃ ବିଶ୍ଵଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ନିରନ୍ତରଂ ଶୋଭିତେ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶଂସିତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ସମାନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତବର୍ଷରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଥିବା ତୀର୍ଥରାଜିର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନ କରାଯାଇଅଛି ।

ପୁଣ୍ୟଭୂମିର ଦେଶ ଭାରତ । ଏହାର ମାଟି-ପାଣି-ପବନ ସବୁକିଛି ପବିତ୍ର । ଗଙ୍ଗାର ପବିତ୍ର ଜଳଧାରା ଏଠି ପ୍ରବାହିତ । ବିଭିନ୍ନ ତୀର୍ଥକ୍ଷେତ୍ରଦ୍ଵାରା ପରିବେଷ୍ଟିତ ଏ ଦେଶ । ଶଙ୍କରାଚାର୍ଯ୍ୟଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା ଧର୍ମପ୍ରଚାର ନିମନ୍ତେ ଚାରିଧାମର ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା ଏ ଦେଶର ପବିତ୍ରତାକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ । ଦ୍ଵାରକା, ସେତୁବନ୍ଧ, ପୁରୀ, ବଦରିକା, ତିରୁପତି, ମଧୁପୁରୀ, ଆଜମେର୍ ପ୍ରଭୃତି ପବିତ୍ର ତୀର୍ଥକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ଭାରତର ଐକ୍ୟ ଓ ସଂସ୍କୃତିକୁ ପରିରକ୍ଷିତ କରୁଛି । ପୁଷ୍କର-ଅମୃତସର ପ୍ରଭୃତି ସୁପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ତୀର୍ଥସମୂହଦ୍ଵାରା ସମ୍ମଳିତ ଭାରତଦେଶ ବିଶ୍ବରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭା ପାଉଛି । ଏଭଳି ତୀର୍ଥଭୂମି ବା ପୁଣ୍ୟଭୂମିରେ ଆମେ ଜନ୍ମ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଧନ୍ୟ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଚାଜମେରମ୍ = ଚ + ଆଜମେରମ୍ । ପୁଷ୍କରାମୃତସରସ୍ତୀର୍ଥରାଜୈର୍ୟୁତମ୍ = ପୁଷ୍କର + ଅମୃତସରଃ + ତୀର୍ଥରାଜଃ + ୟୁତମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ମଧୁପୁରୀମ୍ = ମଧୁ ନାମ ପୁରୀମ୍ (ମଧ୍ୟପଦଲୋପୀ କର୍ମଧାରୟ) । ତୀର୍ଥରାଜଃ = ତୀର୍ଥେଷୁ ରାଜଃ, ତୈ (ସପ୍ତମୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଦ୍ବାରକା, ସେତୁବନ୍ଧ, ପୁରାଂ, ବଦରିକା, ତିରୁପଣ୍ଟିଂ, ମଧୁପୁରୀ, ଆଜମେରମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ତୀର୍ଥରାଜୈ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଦଧତ୍ = ଧା + ଶତୃ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧୩

हस्तिगुम्फामजन्तामलौरां दधत्
खर्जुराहो – गया – सारनाथैर्लसंत् ।
ताज-कोणार्क-विष्णुध्वजैर्मण्डितं
भूतले भाति मेऽनारतं भारतम् ॥ १३ ॥

ହସ୍ତୀଗୁମ୍ଫାମଜନ୍ତାମଲୌରାଂ ଦଧତ୍
ଖର୍ଜୁରାହୋ-ଗୟା-ସାରନାଥୈର୍ଲସତ୍ ।
ତାଜ କୋଣାର୍କ ବିଷ୍ଣୁଧ୍ୱଜୈର୍ମଣ୍ଡିତଂ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୧୩ ॥

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ହସ୍ତିଗୁମ୍ଫାଂ ଅଜନ୍ତ୍ରାଂ ଏଲୋରାଂ ଦଧତ୍ ଖର୍ଜୁରାହଃ ଗୟା ସାରନାଥୈଃ ଲସତ୍ ତାଜ କୋଣାର୍କ ବିଷ୍ଣୁଧ୍ୱଜୈଃ ମଣ୍ଡିତଂ (ସନ୍) ମେ ଭାରତମ୍ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଦଧତ୍ = ଧାରଣ କରି । ଲସତ୍ = ଉଲ୍ଲସିତ ହୋଇ । ମଣ୍ଡିତମ୍ = ଶୋଭିତ ହୋଇ । ଅନାରତମ୍ = ନିରନ୍ତର ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ହସ୍ତୀଗୁମ୍ଫା, ଅଜନ୍ତା, ଏଲୋରାକୁ ଧାରଣ କରି, ଖର୍ଜୁରାହ, ଗୟା, ସାରନାଥଦ୍ୱାରା ବିଳସିତ; ତାଜମହଲ, କୋଣାର୍କ, ବିଷ୍ଣୁସ୍ତମ୍ଭଦ୍ଵାରା ବିଶୋଭିତ ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ବିଶ୍ବରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅତ୍ର ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଭାରତୀୟ ସ୍ଥାପତ୍ୟକଳାୟାଂ ଉତ୍କର୍ଷତାଂ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତଂ ଭବତି ।

କଳାୟା ଦେଶଃ ଭାରତଃ । ଅତ୍ର ସ୍ଥାପତ୍ୟକଳାୟା ମହତ୍ତ୍ୱ ସର୍ବେଷାମ୍ ଆକର୍ଷୟତି । ଅସ୍ୟ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ସୁମହାନ୍ କୀର୍ତ୍ତିରାଜି ବିଶ୍ୱେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ବିଖ୍ୟାତଃ ଆସୀତ୍ । ଅଜନ୍ତା-ଏଲୋରା, ହସ୍ତୀଗୁମ୍ଫା ଦଧୂତ୍, ଖର୍ଜୁରାହଃ, ଗୟା, ସାରନାର୍ଥେ ଭଗବାନ୍ ବୁଦ୍ଧସ୍ୟ ମହିମା ଉଲ୍ଲସିତା ଅଭବତ୍ । ତାଜ-କୋଣାର୍କ-ଦେହଲୀସ୍ଥ ବିଷ୍ଣୁସ୍ତତଃ ଇତ୍ୟାଦିଭିଂ ବିମଣ୍ଡିତମ୍ ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଭାରତଦେଶଃ ଅନାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି । ଭାରତୀୟ ସ୍ଥାପତ୍ୟକଳାୟା ଉତ୍କର୍ଷତାମ୍ ଆବହତି ଇତ୍ୟେପି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରମ୍ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଉଦ୍ଧୃତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ମହାମହିମ କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତ ଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକରେ ସ୍ଥାନିତ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ସ୍ଥାପତ୍ୟକଳାର ଉତ୍କର୍ଷତା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

କଳାର ଦେଶ ଭାରତ । ଏଠାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ସ୍ଥାପତ୍ୟକଳାର ନମୁନା ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ହୁଏ । ଅଜନ୍ତା ଓ ଏଲୋରାର ହାତୀଗୁମ୍ଫା, ଖର୍ଜୁରାହ, ଗୟା ଓ ସାରନାଥଠାରେ ଭଗବାନ୍ ବୁଦ୍ଧଙ୍କର କୀର୍ତ୍ତିରାଜି, ତାଜମହଲ, କୋଣାର୍କକ୍ଷେତ୍ର, ଦିଲ୍ଲୀର ବିଷ୍ଣୁସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ଆଦିଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି । ଭାରତୀୟ ସ୍ଥପତି ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ଚିରପରିଚିତ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ସ।ରନାଥୌର୍ଲସତ୍‌ = ସାରନାର୍ଥେ + ଲସତ୍ । ବିଷ୍ଣୁଧ୍ଵଜୈର୍ମଣ୍ଡିତମ୍ = ବିଷ୍ଣୁଧ୍ଵଜଃ + ମଣ୍ଡିତମ୍ । ମେଽନାରତମ୍ = ମେ + ଅନାରତମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ହସ୍ତୀଗୁମ୍ଫାମ୍ = ହସ୍ତୀନାଂ ଗୁମ୍ଫା, ତାମ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ବିଷ୍ଣୁଧ୍ଵ = ବିଷୋ ଧ୍ଵଜଃ, ତୋ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତପୁରୁଷ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ହସ୍ତୀଗୁମ୍ଫା, ଏଲୋରାମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ସାରନାଥେ, ବିଷ୍ଣୁଧ୍ଵ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଦଧତ୍ = ଧା + ଶତୃ । ଲସତ୍ = ଲସ୍ + ଶତୃ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧୪

होलिका-दशहरा-पर्वकोजागरी-
पोड़ल-श्रावणी-दीपमालामयम् ।
लोहडीदौणमाद्युत्सवै: ‘पूरितं
भूतले भाति मेडनारतं भारतम् ॥ १४ ॥

ହେ।ଲିକା ଦଶହରା ପର୍ବକୋଜ।ଗରୀ
ପୋଙ୍ଗଲ-ଶ୍ରାବଣୀ-ଦୀପମାଳାମୟମ୍ ।
ଲୋହଡୀଦୌଣମାଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ସୟଃ ପୂରିତଂ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୧୪ ॥

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ହୋଲିକା ଦଶହରା ଉଜାଗରୀପର୍ବକ ପୋଙ୍ଗଲ ଶ୍ରାବଣୀ ଦୀପମାଳାମୟଂ ଲୋହଡ଼ୀ ଦୌଣମ୍ ଆଦି ଉତ୍ସବୈ ପୂରିତଂ ମେ ଭାରତମ୍ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଉଜାଗରୀପର୍ବକ = ଉଜାଗର ପର୍ବ (ଜାଗର ବା ଶିବରାତ୍ରି) । ଦୀପମାଳାମୟମ୍ = ଦୀପାବଳୀ ଉତ୍ସବ। ପୂରିତମ୍ = ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ହୋଲି, ଦଶହରା, ଉଜାଗର ଉତ୍ସବ (ଶିବରାତ୍ରି), ପୋଙ୍ଗଲ, ଶ୍ରାବଣ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣିମା (ରକ୍ଷାବନ୍ଧନ), ଦୀପାବଳୀ ଉତ୍ସବ, ଲୋହଡ଼ୀ, ଦୌଣୋତ୍ସବ ଆଦି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉତ୍ସବଦ୍ବାରା ପରିପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ବିଶ୍ବରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ରମାକାନ୍ତଶୁକ୍ଳବିରଚିତଃ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅତ୍ର ଅସ୍ଥିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଭାରତୀୟ ଉତ୍ସବାନାଂ ବିଷୟେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତଂ ଭବତି ।

ଉତ୍ସବପ୍ରିୟା ଖଳୁ ମାନବାଃ । ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ବିଭିନ୍ନେଷୁ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତେଷୁ ବିବିଧା ଉତ୍ସବାଃ ପରିପାଳିତଂ ଭବନ୍ତି । ହୋଲିକା – ସନ୍ ମେ ଭାରତଂ ଅନାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି । ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ସଂସ୍କୃତିଃ ସୁମହତୀ ଭବତି ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶଂସିତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତ ଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ସଂଗୃହୀତ । ଏଥିରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ଉତ୍ସବଗୁଡ଼ିକର ବିଷୟରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଭାରତୀୟ ସଂସ୍କୃତି ମହାନ୍ । ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଉତ୍ସବପ୍ରିୟ । ଭାରତର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭାଷାଭାଷୀ ଲୋକମାନେ ଅନେକପ୍ରକାର ଉତ୍ସବ ପାଳନ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ସେସବୁ ଉତ୍ସବମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ହୋଲି, ଦଶହରା, ଜାଗର ଅମାବାସ୍ୟା ବା ଶିବରାତ୍ରି, ପୋଙ୍ଗଲ, ଶ୍ରାବଣ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣିମା ବା ରକ୍ଷାବନ୍ଧନ, ଦୀପାବଳୀ, ଲୋହଡ଼ୀ, ଦୌଣାଦି ବହୁବିଧ ଉତ୍ସବ ରହିଛି । ଏହିସବୁ ଉତ୍ସବଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ବିମଣ୍ଡିତ ଆମର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ବରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ପର୍ବକୋଜାଗରୀ = ପର୍ବକ + ଉଜାଗରୀ । ଦୌଣମାଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ସବୈ = ଦୌଣମ୍ + ଆଦି + ଉତ୍ସବାଃ ।

ସମାସ – ଦୀପମାଳା = ଦୀପାନାଂ ମାଳା (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଉତ୍ସବୈ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧୂକରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ପୂରିତମ୍ = ପୂର୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧୫

ओडिशीं मणिपुरीं कथक -गर्बादिकं
कूचिपूडिं च गिद्दां छऊं भङ्गडाम् ।
कथकलीं डाण्डियां भरतनाट्यं दधद्
भूतले भाति मे नारतं भारतम् ॥ १५ ॥

ଓଡ଼ିଶୀ ମଣିପୁରୀ କଥକ-ଗର୍ବାଦିକଂ
କୂଚିପୂରିଂ ଚ ଗିଦ୍‌ଦାଂ ଛଉଂ ଭଙ୍ଗଡ଼ାମ୍ ।
କଥକଲୀ ଡାଣ୍ଡିୟାଂ ଭରତନାଟ୍ୟମ୍ ଦଧଦ୍
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ମେଽନାରତଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୧୫ ॥

ଅନ୍ବୟ – ଓଡ଼ିଶୀ, ମଣିପୁରୀ, କଥକଂ, ଗର୍ବାଦିକ, କୂଚିପୂରିଂ, ଗି, ଛଉଂ, ଭଙ୍ଗଡ଼ା, କଥକଳ୍କୀ, ଡାଣ୍ଡିୟାଂ ଭାରତନାଟ୍ୟ ବ ଦଧତ୍ ମେ ଭାରତମ୍ ଭୂତଳେ ଅନାରତଂ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଦଧଦ୍ = ଧାରଣ କରି । ମେ = ମୋର ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଓଡ଼ିଶୀ, ମଣିପୁରୀ, କଥକ, ଗରବା, କୁଚିପୁଡ଼ି, ଗି, ଛଉ, ଭାଙ୍ଗଡ଼ା, କଥକଲୀ, ଡାଣ୍ଡିୟା ଓ ଭାରତନାଟ୍ୟମ୍ ଆଦି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ନୃତ୍ୟକୁ ଧାରଣ କରି ମୋର ଭାରତ ବିଶ୍ବରେ ଅବିରତ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ରମାକାନ୍ତଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତଃ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଭାରତୀୟନୃତ୍ୟକଳାୟା ମହତ୍ତ୍ୱ ବଣ୍ଡିତଂ ଭବତି ।

ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତେଷୁ ବିବିଧ୍ୱଂ ନୃତ୍ୟ ପରିଦୃଶ୍ୟତେ । ନୃତ୍ୟ ଜୀବନସ୍ୟ କଷ୍ଟ ଦୂରିକରୋତି । ଭାରତଦେଶେ ବିବିଧାନି ନୃତ୍ୟାନି ପରିବେଶିତାନି ଭବନ୍ତି । ଓଡ଼ିଶୀ, ମଣିପୁରୀ, କଥକଂ, ଗବାଂ, କୂଚିପୂଡ଼ି, ଗିଦ୍‌, ଛଉଂ, ଭଙ୍ଗଡ଼ା, କଥକଲୀ, ଡାଣ୍ଡିୟା, ଭାରତନାଟ୍ୟ ଚ ଧାରୟନ୍ ମମ ଭାରତଦେଶଃ ବିଶ୍ଵେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ବିରାଜତେ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶଂସିତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର ରମାକାନ୍ତ ଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିଗତ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ନୃତ୍ୟକଳାର ମହନୀୟତା ପ୍ରକଟିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତିସଂପନ୍ନ ଦେଶ ଭାରତ । ଏହାର କଳାସଙ୍ଗୀତ ତଥା ନୃତ୍ୟ ବିଶ୍ଵବିଶ୍ରୁତ । ଭାରତର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାରର ନୃତ୍ୟ ପରିଲକ୍ଷିତ ହୁଏ । ଓଡ଼ିଶୀ, ମଣିପୁରୀ, କଥକ, ଗରବା, କୁଚିପୁଡ଼ି, ଗି, ଛଉ, ଭାଙ୍ଗଡ଼ା, କଥକଲୀ, ଡାଣ୍ଡିୟା ଓ ଭାରତନାଟ୍ୟମ୍ ଆଦି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ନୃତ୍ୟ ପରିବେଶିତ ହେଉଛି । ଏସବୁ ନୃତ୍ୟ ପାରମ୍ପରିକ ବେଶପୋଷାକ, ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ । ଏହିସବୁ ନୃତ୍ୟଦ୍ଵାରା ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ଭାରତଦେଶ ବିଶୋଭିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଗର୍ବାଦିକମ୍ = ଗର୍ବା + ଆଦିକମ୍ । ଦଧଦ୍‌ଭୂତଳେ = ଦଧତ୍ + ଭୂତଳେ ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଓଡ଼ିଶୀ, ମଣିପୁରୀ, କୂଚିପୂଡ଼ି, ଗିର୍ଦ୍ଦା, ଛଉଂ, ଭଙ୍ଗଡ଼ାମ୍, କଥକଳ୍କୀ, ଡାଣ୍ଡିୟାଂ, ଭରତନାଟ୍ୟମ୍ କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଦଧତ୍ = ଧା + ଶତୃ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧୬

यत्कुरुक्षेत्रमध्ये स्वयं श्रीहरि –
निष्क्रियं पार्थमाश्वासयद् गीतया ।
स्वीयरूपेण तं च व्वधात्कर्मठ
भूतले भाति तन्मामकं भारतम् ॥ १६ ॥

ଯତକୁରୁକ୍ଷେତ୍ରମଧ୍ୟେ ସ୍ୱୟଂ ଶ୍ରୀହରି –
ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟଂ ପାର୍ଥମାଶ୍ଵାସୟଦ୍ ଗୀତୟା ।
ସ୍ୱୀୟରୂପେଣ ତଂ ଚ ବ୍ୟଧାତ୍ମକର୍ମଠ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ତନ୍ମାମକଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୧୬ ॥

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ଯତ୍‌କୁରୁକ୍ଷେତ୍ରମଧ୍ୟ ସ୍ବୟଂ ଶ୍ରୀହରିଂ ଗୀତୟା ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟଂ ପାର୍ଥମ୍ ଆଶ୍ୱାସୟତ୍ ସ୍ୱୀୟରୂପେଣ ତଂ କର୍ମଠ ବ୍ୟଧାତ୍ ଚ, ତତ୍ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ସ୍ୱୟମ୍ = ନିଜେ । ଶ୍ରୀହରି = ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣ । ଗୀତୟା = ଗୀତାଦ୍ଵାରା । ପାର୍ଥମ୍ = ଅର୍ଜୁନକୁ । ସ୍ବୀୟରୂପେଣ ନିଜ ସ୍ଵରୂପଦ୍ବାରା । ବ୍ୟଧାତ୍ = ବିଧାନ କରି । ମାମକମ୍ = ମୋର । ଭାତି = ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଯେଉଁ କୁରୁକ୍ଷେତ୍ର ମଧ୍ୟରେ ନିଜେ ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣ ଗୀତାଦ୍ୱାରା ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟ ଅର୍ଜୁନକୁ ଆଶ୍ୱାସନା ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ଓ ସ୍ୱ ସ୍ୱରୂପଦ୍ୱାରା ତାକୁ କର୍ମଠ ବିଧାନ କରିଛନ୍ତି ମୋର ସେହି ଭାରତଦେଶ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ କବିରମାକାନ୍ତଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତଃ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅସ୍ଥିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଭାରତଦେଶେ ଗୀତାଗାସ୍ୟ ମହତ୍ତ୍ୱ ବଣ୍ଡିତଂ ଭବତି ।

ବ୍ୟାସବିରଚିତଂ ମହାଭାରତମ୍ । ଅସ୍ୟ ଗ୍ରନ୍ଥସ୍ୟ ଭୀଷ୍ମପର୍ବାନ୍ତର୍ଗତଂ ଭବତି ଶ୍ରୀମଦ୍‌ଭଗବଦ୍‌ଗୀତା । କୁରୁକ୍ଷେତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ସମରାଙ୍ଗଣସ୍ୟ ଗାଥା ଭଗବାନ୍ ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣସ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଜୁନଂ ପ୍ରତି ଉପଦେଶସାରଂ ଭବତି ଗୀତା ବିଶାଦୀ ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟମ୍ ଅର୍ଜୁନଂ ପ୍ରତି ଭଗବତଃ ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣସ୍ୟ ଆଶ୍ୱାସନାବାଣୀ ଗୀତା । ଭଗବାନ୍ ସ୍ଵୟଂ ଗୀତୟା ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟଂ ପାର୍ଥମ୍ ଆଶ୍ୱାସୟତ୍ । ସ୍ବୀୟରୂପେଣ ତଂ କର୍ମତଂ କୃତମ୍ । ଅନେନ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଉଦ୍ଧୃତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର ମହାମହିମ କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତ ଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ସମାନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତରେ ଗୀତାଗାନର ମହତ୍ତ୍ବ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

‘ରୁଚୁ ନ ରୁଚୁ ଖାଅ ପିତା, ବୁଝ ନ ବୁଝ ପଢ଼ ଗୀତା’ – ଏହି ଲୋକୋକ୍ତି ଆଧାରରେ ସମଗ୍ର ଭାରତରେ ଗୀତାଗାନର ମହତ୍ତ୍ବ ରହିଛି । କୁରୁକ୍ଷେତ୍ରର ସମରାଙ୍ଗଣରେ ବିଷାଦିତ ଅର୍ଜୁନଙ୍କ ପ୍ରତି ଭଗବାନ୍ ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣଙ୍କର ଉପଦେଶବାଣୀ ଗୀତା ରୂପେ ଖ୍ୟାତ । ମହାଭାରତର କୁରୁକ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଭଗବାନ୍ ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣ ନିଜେ ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟ ଅର୍ଜୁନଙ୍କୁ ଗୀତାଦ୍ଵାରା ଆଶ୍ଵାସନାବାଣୀ ଶୁଣାଇଛନ୍ତି । ନିଜସ୍ଵରୂପ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନଦ୍ଵାରା ଅର୍ଜୁନଙ୍କୁ କର୍ମଠ କରିଅଛନ୍ତି । ଏହିଭଳି ସୁମହାନ୍ ଗୀତାଗାନରେ ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ଶେ।ଭିତ ହେଉଅଚ୍ଛା

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ଶ୍ରୀହରିନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟମ୍ = ଶ୍ରୀହରଃ + ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟମ୍ । ପ୍ରାର୍ଥମାଶ୍ଵାସୟଦ୍ = ପାର୍ଥମ୍ + ଆଶ୍ୱାସୟଦ୍ । ତନ୍ମାମକମ୍ ତତ୍ + ମାମକମ୍ ।
ସମାସ – ସ୍ବୀୟରୂପେଣ = ସ୍ଵୟଂ ରୂପମ୍, ତେନ (କର୍ମଧାରୟ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – କୁରୁକ୍ଷେତ୍ରମଧେ = ଅଧ୍ଵରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଶ୍ରୀହରିଃ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ପାର୍ଥୀ, ତମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । ଗୀତୟା, ସ୍ୱୀୟରୂପେଣ = କରଣେ ୩ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଭାତି = ଭା + ସ୍କ୍ରିନ୍ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧୭

मातृभूमेर्विपज्जालमुच्छेदयन्
मृत्युपाशं च कण्ठे सहर्षं धरन् ।
भक्तसिंहोऽस्ति यत्रामरत्वं गुतो
भूतले भाति तन्मामकं भारतम् ॥ १७ ॥

ମାତୃଭୂମେର୍ବିପଜାଲମୁଚ୍ଛେଦୟନ୍
ମୃତ୍ୟୁପାଶଂ ଚ କଣ୍ଠ ସହର୍ଷ ଧରନ୍ ।
ଭକ୍ତସିଂହୋ ଽସ୍ତୀ ଯତ୍ରାମରତ୍ଵ ଗତୋ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ତନ୍ମାମକଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ।। ୧୭ ।।

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ମାତୃଭୂମେ ବିପଜାଲମ୍ ଉଚ୍ଛେଦୟନ୍ କଣ୍ଠ ସହର୍ଷୀ ମୃତ୍ୟୁପାଶଂ ଧରନ୍ ଚ ଯତ୍ର ଭକ୍ତସିଂହଃ ଅମରତ୍ୱ ଗତଃ ଅସ୍ତି ତତ୍ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ମାତୃଭୂମେ = ମାତୃଭୂମିର । ବିପଜାଲମ୍ = ବିପଦର ଜାଲକୁ । କଣ୍ଠେ = ଗଳାରେ । ସହର୍ଷମ୍ = ଆନନ୍ଦର ସହିତ । ମୃତ୍ୟୁପାଶମ୍ = ମରଣର ଫାଶକୁ । ଧରନ୍ = ଧାରଣ କରି । ଅସ୍ତି = ଅଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ମାତୃଭୂମିର ବିପଦଜାଲକୁ ଉଚ୍ଛେଦ କରି ଓ ଗଳାରେ ଆନନ୍ଦର ସହ ମୃତ୍ୟୁଫାଶକୁ ଧାରଣ କରି ଯେଉଁଠି ଭକ୍ତସିଂହ ଅମରତ୍ୱକୁ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି ସେହି ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ବରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତଶୁକ୍ଳା ବିରଚିତଃ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଭକ୍ତସିଂହସ୍ୟ ବଳିଦାନ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତଂ ଭବତି ।

ଭାରତୋଽୟଂ ବୀରାମାଂ ଦେଶଃ । ଅସ୍ଟିନ୍ ଦେଶେ ବହବାଃ ସୁରୟଃ ସ୍ଵସ୍ୟ ବଳିଦାନଂ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତବନ୍ତଃ । ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଦେଶେ ଭକ୍ତସିଂହଃ ମାତୃଭୂମେ ବିପଜ୍ଜାଲମ୍ ଉଚ୍ଛେଦୟନ୍ କଣ୍ଠ ସହର୍ଷୀ ମୃତ୍ୟୁପାଶଂ ଧାରୟନ୍ ଚ ଅମରତଂ ଗତଃ । ତତ୍ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶଂସିତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତ ଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭକ୍ତସିଂହର ବଳିଦାନ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଭାରତୀୟ ବୀରମାନେ ଏ ଦେଶରେ ନିଜର ପ୍ରାଣବଳି ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି । ସେମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଭକ୍ତସିଂହ ଅନ୍ୟତମ । ସେ ମାତୃଭୂମିର ବିପଦ ଜାଲକୁ ଉଚ୍ଛେଦ କରି ଗଳାରେ ଆନନ୍ଦ ସହକାରେ ମୃତ୍ୟୁପାଶକୁ ଧାରଣ କରି ଅମରତ୍ୱକୁ ପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଅଛନ୍ତି । ଏହିଭଳି ବୀରମାନଙ୍କର ବଳିଦାନଦ୍ଵାରା ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଅଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ମାତୃଭୂମେର୍ବିପଦଜ୍ଜାଲମୁଚ୍ଛେଦୟନ୍ = ମାତୃଭୂମଃ + ବିପତ୍ + ଜାଲମ୍ + ଉଚ୍ଛେଦୟନ୍ । ଭକ୍ତସିଂହୋଽସ୍ତି = ଭକ୍ତସିଂହଃ + ଅସ୍ତି । ତନ୍ମାମକମ୍ = ତତ୍ + ମାମକମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ମୃତ୍ୟୁପାଶମ୍ = ମୃତ୍ୟୁ ପାଶମ୍, ତମ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ସହର୍ଷମ୍ = ହର୍ଷେଣ ସହ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନମ୍ ( ସହାର୍ଥ ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ମାତୃଭୂମେଃ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । ବିପଜାଲଂ, ମୃତ୍ୟୁପାଶମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା । କଣ୍ଠ, ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ । ଭକ୍ତସିଂହଃ = କଉଁରି ୧ମା।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଧରନ୍ = ଧର୍ + ଶତୃ । ଗତଃ = ଗମ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧୮

रक्तपातं विना शस्त्रपातं विना
यत्र संक्रान्तिरायाति मन्दस्मिता ।
येन विश्वं सदा शिक्ष्यते प्रेर्यते
भूतले भाति तन्मामकं भारतम् ॥ १८ ॥

ରକ୍ତପାତଂ ବିନା ଶସ୍ତ୍ରପାତଂ ବିନା
ଯତ୍ର ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତିରାୟାତି ମନ୍ଦସ୍ମିତା ।
ଯେନ ବିଶ୍ଵ ସଦା ଶିଷ୍ୟତେ ପ୍ରେର୍ଯ୍ୟତେ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ତନ୍ମାମକଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ।। ୧୮ ।।

ଅନ୍ବୟ – ଯତ୍ର ରକ୍ତପାତଂ ବିନା ଶସ୍ତ୍ରପାତଂ ବିନା ମନ୍ଦସ୍ମିତା ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତି ଆୟାତି, ଯେନ ସଦା ବିଶ୍ଵ ଶିଷ୍ୟତେ ପ୍ରେର୍ଯ୍ୟତେ ଚ ତତ୍‌ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଯତ୍ର = ଯେଉଁଠାରେ । ମନ୍ଦସ୍ମିତା = ଈଷତ୍ ମନ୍ଦହାସ୍ୟଯୁକ୍ତା । ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତଃ = ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ । ଶିକ୍ଷ୍ୟତେ ଶିକ୍ଷାଲାଭ କରେ । ପ୍ରେର୍ଯ୍ୟତେ = ପ୍ରେରିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଯେଉଁଠି ବିନା ରକ୍ତପାତରେ ବିନା ଶସ୍ତ୍ରପାତରେ ଈଷତ୍ ହାସ୍ୟଯୁକ୍ତା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆସିଛି, ବିଶ୍ବ ଶିକ୍ଷାଲାଭ କରିଛି ଓ ପ୍ରେରିତ ହୋଇଛି, ସେହି ମୋର ଭାରତଦେଶ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତଶୁକ୍ଳା ବିରଚିତଃ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ସଂଗୃହୀତଃ । ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଭାରତୀୟଶାନ୍ତଃ କଥ୍ୟ ସକଳଂ ବିଶ୍ୱ ଶିକ୍ଷୟତି ତଦେବ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମ୍ ।

ଭାରତଃ ଶାନ୍ତିପ୍ରିୟ ଦେଶଃ । ସର୍ବେ ଜନଃ ଅତ୍ର ଶାନ୍ତିକାମିନଃ ଭବନ୍ତି । ଅସ୍ଥିନ୍ ଦେଶେ ରକ୍ତପାତଂ ବିନା ଶସ୍ତ୍ରପାତଂ ବିନା ମନ୍ଦସ୍ମିତା ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତଃ ଆୟାତି, ଯେନ ବିଶ୍ଵ ସଦା ଶିଷ୍ୟତେ ପ୍ରେର୍ଯ୍ୟତେ ଚ । ମାମକଂ ତତ୍ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଏହି ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତ ଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ଶାନ୍ତି କିପରି ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ବ ପାଇଁ ଶିକ୍ଷଣୀୟ ହୋଇଛି ତାହା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଭାରତ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଶାନ୍ତିପ୍ରିୟ ଦେଶ ଅଟେ । ଏହି ଦେଶର ଲୋକମାନେ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ବରେ ଶାନ୍ତିର ବାର୍ତ୍ତା ପ୍ରଚାର କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଏଠାରେ ହିଂସାର ସ୍ଥାନ ନାହିଁ, କେହି କାହା ଉପରେ ଶସ୍ତ୍ରର ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କରେନାହିଁ । ଅହିଂସାର ମନ୍ତ୍ର ଉଚ୍ଚାରଣ କରି ଏ ଦେଶ ସ୍ଵାଧୀନତା ଲାଭକରିଛି । ବିନା ରକ୍ତପାତରେ ବିନା ଶସ୍ତ୍ରପାତରେ ଏ ଦେଶରେ ହାସ୍ୟଯୁକ୍ତା ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତି ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଛି, ଯଦ୍ବାରା ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ବ ସର୍ବଦା ଶିକ୍ଷାଲାଭ କରିଛି ଓ ପ୍ରେରିତ ହୋଇଛି । ଏହିଭଳି ଶାନ୍ତିକାମୀ ମୋର ଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ବରେ ନିରନ୍ତର ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତିରାୟାତି = ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତଃ + ଆୟାତି ।

ସମାସ – ରକ୍ତପାତମ୍ = ରକ୍ତସ୍ୟ ପାତମ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । ଶସ୍ତ୍ରପାତମ୍ = ଶସ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ପାତମ୍ (ଷଷ୍ଠୀ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) । = ମନଃ ସ୍ମିତଃ ଯସ୍ୟ ଡଃ (ବହୁବ୍ରୀହିଃ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ରକ୍ତପାତଂ, ଶସ୍ତ୍ରପାତମ୍ = ବିନା ଯୋଗେ ୨ୟା । ମନ୍ଦସ୍ମିତା, ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତି = କର୍ଭରି ୧ମା । ଯେନ = ଅନୁସ୍ତେ କର୍ଭରି ୩ୟା । ବିଶ୍ବମ୍ = ଉକ୍ତ କର୍ମଣି ୧ ମା । ଭୂତଳେ = ଅଧିକରଣେ ୭ମୀ ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ପାତମ୍ = ପତ୍ + କ୍ତ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୧୯

यस्य कीर्त्तिं प्रतिष्ठां च शोभां मुदा
गायतिक्रान्तदर्शी कविनां चयः ।
यस्य वाणी- विहारोऽतुलो राजते
भूतले भाति तन्मामकं भारतम् ॥ १९॥

ଯସ୍ଯ କୀର୍ତ୍ତି ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା ଚ ଶୋଭାଂ ମୁଦା
ଗାୟତି କ୍ରାନ୍ତଦର୍ଶୀ କବିନାଂ ଚୟଃ ।
ଯସ୍ୟ ବାଣୀ-ବିହାରୋଽତୁଳୋ ରାଜତେ
ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ତନ୍ମାମକଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୧୯ ॥

ଅନ୍ବୟ – ଯସ୍ୟ କୀର୍ଡିଂ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା ଶୋଭାଂ ଚ କ୍ରାନ୍ତଦର୍ଶୀ କବିନାଂ ଚୟଃ ମୁଦା ଗାୟତି, ଯସ୍ୟ ବାଣୀବିହାରଃ ଅତୁନଃ ରାଜତେ, ତତ୍ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଯସ୍ୟ = ଯାହାର । କୀର୍ତିମ୍ = ଯଶକୁ । କ୍ରାନ୍ତଦର୍ଶୀ = ସର୍ବଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟା । ଚୟଃ = ସମୂହ । ମୁଦା = ଆନନ୍ଦ । ଅତୁନଃ = ଅତୁଳନୀୟ । ରାଜତେ = ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଯାହାର କୀର୍ତ୍ତି, ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା ଓ ଶୋଭା ସର୍ବଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟା କବିମାନେ ସମୂହ ଆନନ୍ଦରେ ଗାନ କରନ୍ତି, ଯାହାର ବାଣୀ ବିହାର ଅତୁଳନୀୟ ଭାବେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ସେହି ମୋର ଭାରତ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତଃ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅସ୍ମିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ କୀର୍ତ୍ତି ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା ଚ କଥ୍ୟ କବୟଂ ଗାୟନ୍ତ ତଦେବ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତମ୍ ।

ବିଶ୍ୱେଽସ୍ମିନ୍‌ ଭାରତସ୍ୟ କୀଭିଂ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା ଶୋଭାଂ ଚ ପରିଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟତେ । କ୍ରାନ୍ତଦର୍ଶୀ କବିନାଂ ସମୂହଃ ସଦୈବ ଅସ୍ୟ ଦେଶସ୍ୟ ଯଶୋଗାନଂ କୁର୍ବନ୍ତି । ଯସ୍ୟ ବାଣୀ ବିହାରଃ ଚ ଅତୁଳ ରାଜତେ ତତ୍ ମାମକଂ ଭାରତଂ ଭୂତଳେ ଭାତି । ଅତ୍ର ଯଥା ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ମହତ୍ତ୍ୱ କବିନା ବର୍ଣିତଂ ତଦେବ ସ୍ପୃହଣୀୟଂ ଗ୍ରହଣୀୟଂ ଚ ଭବତି ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଉଦ୍ଧୃତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକର କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତ ଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ କବିମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା କିପରି ଭାରତର ଯଶ ଓ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା ଗାନ କରାଯାଇଛି ତାହା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ଭାରତର ମହାନତା ବିଶ୍ବରେ ସଦା ପରିଚିତ । ଏହାର କୀର୍ତ୍ତି, ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା ଓ ଶୋଭାକୁ କ୍ରାନ୍ତଦର୍ଶୀ କବିମାନେ ଅତି ସୁନ୍ଦରଭାବେ ଗାନ କରିଅଛନ୍ତି । ଏହାର ବାଣୀ ବିହାର ଅତୁଳନୀୟ ଭାବେ ଶୋଭାପାଉଛି । ଏହିଭଳି ଯଶୋଯୁକ୍ତ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠିତ ଶୋଭାୟମାନ ଆମର ଭାରତଦେଶ ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ଵରେ ବିରାଜିତ ହୋଇଅଛି ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ବିହାରୋଳୋ ରାଜତେ = ବିହାରଃ + ଅତୁଳ + ରାଜତେ । ତନ୍ମାମକମ୍ = ତତ୍ + ମାମକମ୍ ।

ସମାସ – ଅତୁଳ = ନ ତୁନଃ (ନଞ୍ଜ୍ ତତ୍‌ପୁରୁଷ) ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – ଯସ୍ୟ, କବିନାମ୍ = ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ୬ଷ୍ଠୀ । କୀର୍ତ୍ତି, ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା, ଶୋଭାମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଚୟ = ଚି + ଅଚ୍ ।

ଶ୍ଳୋକ – ୨୦

शोषितो नात्र कश्चिद् भवेत् केनचित्
व्याधिना पीडितो नो भवेत् कश्चन ।
नात्र कोऽपि, व्रजेद्दीनतां हीनतां
मोदतां मे सदा पावनं भारतम् ॥ २० ॥

ଶୋଷିତୋ ନାତ୍ର କଶ୍ଚିଦ୍ ଭବେତ୍ କେନଚିତ୍
ବ୍ୟାଧୁନା ପୀଡ଼ିତୋ ନୋ ଭବେତ୍ କଷ୍ଟନ ।
ନାତ୍ର କୋଽପି, ବ୍ରଜେଦ୍‌ଦୀନତାଂ ହୀନତାଂ
ମୋଦତାଂ ମେ ସଦା ପାବନଂ ଭାରତମ୍ ॥ ୨୦ ॥

ଅନ୍ୱୟ – ଅତ୍ର କଣ୍ଠିତ୍ ଶୋଷିତଃ ନ ଭବେତ୍, କେନଚିତ୍ ବ୍ୟାଧନା ପୀଡ଼ିତଃ ନ ଭବେତ୍ । ଅତ୍ର ଅପି କଣ୍ଟନ ଦୀନତାଂ ହୀନତାଂ ନ ବ୍ରଜେତ୍ । ସଦା ମେ ପାବନଂ ଭାରତଂ ମୋଦତାମ୍ ।

ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ – ଅତ୍ର = ଏଠାରେ । କଶ୍ଚିତ୍ = କେହିହେଲେ । ଭବେତ୍ = ହେବା ଉଚିତ । ନ = ନୁହେଁ। ବ୍ୟାଧନା = ରୋଗଦ୍ଵାରା । ଅପି = ମଧ୍ୟ । ଦୀନତାମ୍ = ଦୈନ୍ୟକୁ । ହୀନତାମ୍ = ହୀନପଣକୁ । ବ୍ରଜେତ୍ = ଯିବା ଉଚିତ । ସଦା = ମୋଦତାମ୍ = ଆନନ୍ଦିତ । ପାବନମ୍ = ପବିତ୍ର ।

ଅନୁବାଦ – ଏଠାରେ କେହିହେଲେ ଶୋଷିତ ହେବା ଅନୁଚିତ । କେହିହେଲେ ରୋଗଦ୍ଵାରା ପୀଡ଼ିତ ହେବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ । କେବେହେଲେ କେହି ମଧ୍ୟ ଦୈନ୍ୟତା ଓ ହୀନତାକୁ ଯିବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ । ସର୍ବଦା ମୋର ପବିତ୍ର ଭାରତଦେଶ ଆନନ୍ଦମୟ ହେଉ ।

ସଂସ୍କୃତ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶ୍ଳୋକୋଽୟଂ ପଠିତଃ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତଃ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟାତ୍ ଆନୀତଃ । ଅସ୍ଥିନ୍ ଶ୍ଳୋକେ ପବିତ୍ର ଭାରତସ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଦନଂ ଭବତି ।

ଅସ୍ମାକଂ ଦେଶଃ ଭାରତଃ ବିଶ୍ଵଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ସଦା ରାଜତେ । ଅତ୍ର କଣ୍ଠିତ୍ ଶୋଷିତଃ ନ ଭବେତ୍, କଣ୍ଟନ କେନଚିତ୍ ବ୍ୟାଧୁନା ପୀଡି଼ତଃ ନ ଭବେତ୍ । ଅତ୍ର କୋଽପି ଦୀନତାଂ ହୀନତାଂ ନ ବ୍ରଜେତ୍ । ସଦୈବ ମମ ପବିତ୍ର ଭାରତଂ ମୋଦତାଂ ଭବତୁ । ଏତାଦୃଶଂ ଭାରତଂ ବୟଂ କାମୟେ ।

ଓଡ଼ିଆ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା – ଶଂସିତ ଶ୍ଳୋକଟି ପଠିତ ସଂସ୍କୃତପ୍ରଭା ପୁସ୍ତକସ୍ଥ ମହାମହିମ କବି ରମାକାନ୍ତ ଶୁକ୍ଳ ବିରଚିତ ‘ଭାତି ମେ ଭାରତମ୍’ ପଦ୍ୟରୁ ଆନୀତ । ଏଠାରେ ପବିତ୍ର ଭାରତର ଆନନ୍ଦମୟତା ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

ସତରେ ଭାରତ ଏକ ପବିତ୍ର ଆନନ୍ଦମୟ ଦେଶ ଅଟେ । ସମଗ୍ର ବିଶ୍ବରେ ଏ ଦେଶ ଆଦର୍ଶଭୂତ ଅଟେ । ଏ ଦେଶରେ କେହି ଶୋଷିତ ନାହିଁ, କେହିହେଲେ କେବେ ରୋଗରେ ପୀଡ଼ିତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ । ଏ ଦେଶରେ କେହି ଦୀନହୀନ ଦୁଃଖୀରକି ଦରିଦ୍ର ନାହିଁ । ସଦାସର୍ବଦା ଆନନ୍ଦରେ ଏ ଦେଶରେ ସମସ୍ତେ ବସବାସ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । କାରଣ ଏ ଦେଶ ହେଉଛି ପବିତ୍ର ଆନନ୍ଦମୟ ଦେଶ । ଏଭଳି ଦେଶବାସୀ ହୋଇ ଆମେ ଧନ୍ୟ ।

ବ୍ୟାକରଣ:

ସନ୍ଧିବିଚ୍ଛେଦ – ନାତ୍ର = ନ + ଅତ୍ର । କଶ୍ଚିଦ୍‌ଭବେତ୍ = କଃ + ଚିତ୍ + ଭବେତ୍ । କଣ୍ଟନ = କଃ + ଚନ । କୋଽପି = କଃ + ଅପି । ବ୍ରଜେଦ୍‌ଦୀନତାମ୍ = ବ୍ରଜେତ୍ + ଦୀନତାମ୍ ।

ସକାରଣବିଭକ୍ତି – କଃ = କଉଁରି ୧ ମା । ବ୍ୟାଧୁନା = କରଣେ ୩ୟା । ଦୀନତାଂ, ହୀନତାମ୍ = କର୍ମଣି ୨ୟା ।

ପ୍ରକୃତିପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ – ଶୋଷିତଃ = ଶୋଷ୍ + ଣିଚ୍ + କ୍ତ । ପୀଡ଼ିତଃ = ପୀଡ୍ + କ୍ତ । ପାବନମ୍ = ପୂ + ଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ।

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 11 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Ex 14(a) Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Math Solutions Chapter 14 Limit and Differentiation Exercise 14(a)

Question 1.
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3}\)(x + 4)
Solution:
Clearly, if we take x very close to 3, x + 4 will go very close to 7.
Now let us use ε – δ technique to confirm the result.
Given ε > 0, we seek for δ > 0 depending on ε such that
|x – 3| < δ ⇒ |(x + 4) – 7|< ε
Now |(x + 4) – 7| < ε
if |x – 3| < ε
∴ We can choose ε = 8
Hence for given ε > 0, there exist 8 = ε > 0
such that |x – 3| < δ ⇒ |(x + 4) – 7| < ε
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3}\)(x + 4) = 7

Question 2.
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\)(4x – 1)
Solution:
By taking very close to 1 we have 4x- 1 tends to 3.
Let us use ε – δ technique to confirm the result.
Given ε > 0. We shall find δ > 0 depending on ε such that
|x – 1| < 5 ⇒ |(4x – 1) – 3| < ε
Now |(4x – 1 ) – 3| < ε
if |4x – 1| < ε i.e.|x – 1| < \(\frac{\varepsilon}{4}\)
Let us choose δ = \(\frac{\varepsilon}{4}\)
∴ For given ε > 0 there exists δ = \(\frac{\varepsilon}{4}\) > 0
such that |x – 1| < δ
⇒ |(4x – 1) – 3| < ε
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\)(4x – 1) = 3

Question 3.
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\)(√x + 3)
Solution:
As x → 1 we see √x + 3 → 4
We will confirm the result using ε – δ technique
Let ε > 0, we will choose δ > 4
such that |x – 1| < 8 ⇒ |√x + 3 – 4| < ε
Now |√x + 3 – 4| = |√x – 1|
\(=\frac{|x-1|}{|\sqrt{x}+1|}\)
But |√x + 1| > 1
⇒ \(\frac{1}{|\sqrt{x}+1|}\) < 1
⇒ \(\frac{|x-1|}{|\sqrt{x}+1|}<\frac{\delta}{1}\)
∴ (√x + 3) – 4 < \(\frac{\delta}{1}\)
We can take δ < ε i.e. δ = min {1, ε}
∴ |x – 1| < δ ⇒ |(√x + 3) – 4| < ε
for given ε > 0 and (δ = ε)
⇒ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\)(√x + 3) = 4

Question 4.
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}\) (x² + 3)
Solution:
As x → 0 we observe that x³ + 3 → 3
Let us use ε – δ technique to confirm the result.
Let ε > 0, we seek for a δ > 0 such that
|x – 0| < ε ⇒ |x² + 3 – 3| < ε
Let |x| < 8
Now |x² + 3 – 3| < ε
We have |x|² < ε ⇒| x| < √ε
(∴ |x| and ε are positive.)
∴ we can choose δ = √ε
∴ We have for given δ > 0 there exists
δ = √ε > 0 such that |x| < δ ⇒ |x² + 3 – 3| < ε
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}\) (x² + 3) = 3

Question 5.
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}\) 7
Solution:
If x → 0 we observe that 7 → 7.
Let us use e- 8 technique to confirm the limit.
Let f(x) = 7
Given ε > 0, we will choose a δ > 0
such that |x – 0| < δ ⇒ |f(x) – 7| < ε
Now |f(x) – 7| < ε
If f(x) ∈ (7 – ε . 7 + ε)
But for every x, f(x) = 7
⇒ for|x| < δ also f(x) = 7 ∈ (7 – ε . 7 + ε)
∴ Choosing ε = δ we have
|x| < δ ⇒ |f(x) – 7| < ε
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}\) (7) = 7

Question 6.
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} \frac{(x-1)^3}{(x-1)^3}\)
Solution:
We guess the limit is 1.
Let us confirm using ε – δ technique.
Let ε > 0, f(x) = \(\frac{(x-1)^3}{(x-1)^3}\)
We will choose a δ > 0 such that
|x – 1| < δ ⇒ |f(x) – 1)| < ε
Now |f(x) – 1| < ε
if 1 – ε < f(x) < 1 + ε
∴ We will choose a δ > 0 such that
x ∈ (1 – δ, 1 + δ) – { 1 }
⇒ f(x) ∈ ( 1 – ε, 1 + ε)
As f(x) = for x ≠ 1
We have f(x) ∈ (1 – ε. 1 + ε) for all x ∈ (1 – δ, 1 + δ) – [1]
∴ We can choose δ = ε
for given ε > 0, there exists δ = ε
s.t. |x – 1| < δ ⇒ |f(x) – 1| < ε
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1}\) f(x) = 1

Question 7.
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3} \frac{x^3-9}{x-3}\)
Solution:
If we take x very close to 3 (≠ 3)
we have \(\frac{x^3-9}{x-3}\)
= \(\frac{(x-3)\left(x^2+3 x+3^2\right)}{2}\) → 27
Let ε > 0 and x ≠ 3
Now |\(\frac{x^3-9}{x-3}\) – 27| = |x² + 3x +9 – 27|
=|x² – 9 + 3(x – 3)| ≤ |x² – 9| + 3|x – 3|
= |x – 3| [|x + 3| + 3] ≤ |x – 3| [|x + 6| < |x – 3| [|x – 3 + 9|]]
If |x – 3| < δ and δ < 1 then |x – 3| [x – 3 + 9| < δ {1 + 9} = 10 δ
Let δ = min {1, \(\frac{\varepsilon}{10}\)}
∴ For given ε > 0 we have a δ = min {1, \(\frac{\varepsilon}{10}\)} >0 such that
|x – 3| < δ ⇒ |\(\frac{x^3-9}{x-3}\) – 27|
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 3} \frac{x^3-9}{x-3}\) = 27

Question 8.
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 1} \frac{3 x+2}{2 x+3}\)
Solution:
we observe that as x → 1, \(\frac{x+2}{2 x+3}\) → 1
To establish this let ε > 0,
we seek a δ > 0,

Question 9.
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}|x|\)
Solution:
We see that when x → 0,|x| → 0
Let us establish this using ε – δ technique.
Let ε > 0 we seek a δ > 0 depending on
ε s.t.|x – 0| < ε ⇒ ||x| – 0| < ε
Now ||xl – 0| = ||x|| = |x| < δ
By choosing ε = δ we have |x| < ε ⇒ ||x| – 0| < ε
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}|x|\) = 0

Question 10.
\(\lim _{x \rightarrow 2}(|x|+3)\)
Solution:
We see that as x → 2, |x| + 3 → 5
Let ε > 0 we were searching for a, δ > 0
such that |x – 2| < δ ⇒ ||x| + 3 – 5| < ε
Now ||x|| + 3 – 5| = ||x| – 2| < |x – 2| < δ
∴ Choosing ε = δ
We have |x – 2| < δ ⇒ ||x| + 3 – 5| < ε
∴ Choosing ε = δ
We have |x – 2| < δ ⇒ ||x| + 3 – 5| < ε
∴ \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 2}(|x|+3)\) = 5

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Invitation to English 3 Solutions Writing Description Textbook Activity Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class English Writing Description

Description

Descriptions are of two types: factual (or realistic) and impressionistic. For a factual or realistic description, you will have to go looking for descriptions of objects or processes. An impressionistic description, on the other hand, maybe factual in places but it is chiefly concerned with recording the impression produced by the describer of a person, place or object. Above all, there is the description of a person.
Some common words used to describe a person
Words that go with hair: long, wavy, curly, brown, dark
eyes : pale, blue, black, flashing
nose : long, high, fleshy
lips : full, thin
shoulder : broad, drooping
age : mid-thirties
voice : commanding
Important points in connection with the description of the person :
A person’s height (tall/short), lean or fat, age, physical appearance, the shape of the face with its prominent features* eyes (bright/dull/dark), hair, forehead, dress and nature.

Activity 5

Read passage C again. Note that there are some points of description which are not very favourable to the person being described. Can you replace them with more favourable descriptions? Reorganise the passage, starting with the sentence: “She was fair and her face was round.”
Answer:
She was fair and her face was round. The prominent feature of her face was its sparkle. She was tall and full of youth. She was lean. She had thick hair and her forehead was not that broad. Her nose was long and her cheeks chubby. She was elegantly dressed. She was brimming with confidence.

Activity 6

You met the people in the picture at a party. Describe them to your friend in a letter. (Have a close look at the picture first.)

Answer:

Satyanagar, Plot No. 121
1st January 20

Dear Sarika,
Yesterday evening I had been to a great party. There was plenty to eat, and numerous games to play but the highlight of it all was the music and dance with which the party closed. Besides the music, we had a dance competition in which the best couple was chosen. The dance went on for an hour. Mr and Mrs Das were adjudged the best couple. They were a perfect match for each other. Mr Das was dressed in a black suit, white shirt and a black bow. He was tall, dark and handsome and he held himself elegantly as he held his wife.

His jet black hair, thick moustache and long sharp nose showed forth a man of character. Mrs Das just a shade shorter than her husband was a cute-looking lady. Her hair was tied in a chignon, her eyebrows were shaped like thin orange pieces. She too had a sharp nose, and a face as clear as glass. She was fair, slim and tall. She sported a short sleeveless gown and a plain slip-on. She also held a dupatta in her hand. She looked really chick and beautiful. They deserved the prize. Well, the party was over at around 4.00 a.m. in the morning. I really enjoyed the party even though it was exhausting.

Please write back.
Yours sincerely,
Rita.

Activity 7

Describe the person in the picture below as interestingly as you can.
Answer:
He wore a long full-sleeved magenta gown and long loose magenta trousers to go along with it. The gown opened onto a large star-shaped neck which was shining black with confetti pasted onto it. His face he had put on a mask with his face farded with cosmetic paint. He had a huge bulbous nose painted in red, large lips painted again in red. He wore no shoes but grey socks which looked extremely funny. In his hand, he held a conical hat which had feathers on its top.

Activity 8

Here is a short dialogue between two friends. They are talking about a mutual friend whose name is Prabhakar. Read the dialogue carefully and write a short description of Prabhakar.
Asaf : You remember Prabhakar? He has become a doctor. He is doing very well, in fact.
Krishna : Prabhakar? The name is familiar, but I don’t remember who you are talking about. What did he look like?
Asaf : He was that short chap with a shining pink face. Always dressed in white. He had long hair, like a girl’s. We used to call him Prabhavati, and how he used to blush then!
Answer:
Prabhakar is a short chap with a shining pink face. He sported long hair like a girl and was always clad in white.

Activity 9

(a) A stranger visited your house during your father’s absence. You received him and talked to him. When your father returned, he wanted to know if any visitor had come while he was away. Describe the visitor to your father so that he can know who you are referring to.
(b) Your mother is looking for a bride for your elder brother. You have seen a girl who, in your opinion, will be ideal for your brother. Describe her to your mother.
Answer:
(a) Dad, this man was around six feet high and darkly complexioned. He had peculiar hairstyle which was parted right in the middle like a girl’s. He also wore ear¬rings in both ears and four stone rings of different colours on his right hand. Two of his toes on the right also had rings in them. He was carrying a shoulder bag and putting on a white dhoti as well as white kameez. There was a long tilak on his forehead. He spoke in the Sambalpuri dialect and he is perhaps in his thirties. I hope you recognise him.

(b) She is very fair and has eyes shaped like petals of a rose, eyes-lashes thin and long like leaves of the touch-me-not. Her hair is thick and black, falling down even below the knees. Her face is spotlessly clean and has a soft look. She is twenty-four but looks like she is in her teens. There is a black birthmark on her chin which adds to the beauty of her face. Her sharp nose and jaw looked as if it was sculpted like a Grecian statue. Her height is about five-feet and she is slim. On the whole, she looked like a model.

Activity 10

Here is a picture of a rhinoceros. Write a short description of the animal for a friend who has not seen a rhinoceros.
Answer:
The very look of it is ferocious. It is a huge mammal, 4 feet high and perhaps 5 feet long, that is bigger than a cow and smaller than an adult elephant. Just like a cow, it has a long face with the snout protruding forward, underneath which is a large mouth. The lower jaw looks like a concave plateau. Its most remarkable features are two 1 horns protruding right out from the snout. Moreover, it has three toes on each of its legs. Its skin is so thick that they look like shielding pad. Besides this, it has a short tail. It is found mostly in Asia and Africa and it is a herbivore.

Activity 11

Here is the description of a particular dog. All the details are present, but not in order. Rewrite the description. Begin with the general appearance and size, then describe the features of the animal, which you find most striking.
(a) He has huge paws, with joined fingers and retractable claws.
(b) Achilles isn’t an ordinary dog.
(c) But the most incredible characteristic is his face, which looks sad and solemn.
(d) Firstly, he is larger than any dog I have ever seen, and he is more like a wolf.
(e) It seems as if he can almost speak if he is given the chance.
Answer:
Achilles isn’t an ordinary dog. He is larger than any normal dog and looks more like a wolf. He has huge paws, with jointed fingers and retractable claws. But the most incredible characteristic is his face, which looks solemn and sad. It seems as if he can speak, if he is given a chance.

Activity 12

Write short descriptions of the following animals. A few questions are given to help you organise your descriptions.

(a) A giraffe How tall is it? What makes it look so tall? Where is it found? What does it eat and how? How does it fight other giraffes and enemies? What kind of sound does it make?
(b) A tiger Where is it found? How tall/long/heavy is it? What is its colour? What is its food? What are man-eaters? How long does a tiger live (life span)? How do tiger cubs look?

Answer:
(a) A giraffe :
Excepting the now extinct Dinosaurs, the giraffe is the tallest mammal found originally on the African continent. Its most characteristic feature is its long neck that protrudes out angularly from its body and is usually about 4 feet to 6 feet long. Besides, just like the leopard, it has black spots spread all over its body which is white-skinned. It is due to this that it was formerly called a came lopard. The giraffe is herbivorous and lives on the leaves of plants which it can easily reach due to its height. It has a very long stride and therefore it is difficult for any preying animal to catch it.

(b) A tiger :
The tiger is a savage and cruel animal. We say, “As cruel as a tiger”. It is really a great cat. It is a large, strong, and fine-looking animal. Its hair is yellow, marked with black stripes. It is shaped like a cat, with a long tail, round head, and thickly padded feet. It has sharp claws and strong teeth. The tiger is an Indian animal. There are many in the jungles of Bengal. Like cats, tigers hunt at night. They kill big animals, like deer, cows, sheep and goats. They attack men, too. Some become “man-eaters”. They like men’s flesh best to eat. Tigers are feared by farmers. They come at night to steal their sheep and cows. Its average lifespan is 17 years and its cubs look like domestic cats with shining black eyes.

Activity 13

Rewrite passage (c), using your own words as far as possible. Divide your description into two paragraphs.

A telephone comes with a bell which can ring, a microphone which converts human speech into electrical signals, an earphone which converts incoming electrical signals back into speech, and a dial which is used to send electrical pulses along the line to an automatic exchange.
Answer:
When we want to make a call, we must lift the handset and then dial the number we want to call. Immediately after we dial the number an automatic selector connects us to an outgoing junction cable that is linked to the exchange we want. A ringing bell indicates the fact that a telephone has come. Then the operation starts. The exchange first connects our phone to automatic selector equipment which in turn connects us to an outgoing cable linked to the exchange that is connected to the number we rang. Finally, this exchange connects us to the phone we are interested in.

Activity 14

Add a short paragraph to passage (d). The hints below will help you in writing the paragraph.

Butter is a rich food made from the cream of milk. It is usually eaten as a spread on bread, but cooks may use butter for frying and making cakes and pastries. Butter contains about 80 per cent fat, the remainder being water, salt and protein. Butter is made from cream, by churning the cream so that the fat [ is separated out. For many centuries, farmers have made butter from cream by churning it by hand in a wooden vat. Nowadays, however, butter is made by machines. First, the milk is whirled in a centrifuge to separate the cream. The l cream is then pasteurised by heating it and then cooling it quickly. This action kills germs in the cream and prevents the butter from going rancid quickly. The pasteurised cream is then churned in huge revolving drums, which separate fat from the liquid in the cream. When the liquid, called the buttermilk, is ‘ drained away, the resulting mass of butter is then cut into pieces and packed.
Hints : How does butter feel when you touch it? Is it tasty to eat? / Is it expensive? j How is butter used in India? etc.
Answer:
Butter is hard but smooth to the touch because it is kept mostly in the refrigerator. Of course, it is tasty but expensive. A mere hundred grams cost thirteen rupees. It is mostly used in cakes and as a spread on bread sandwiches. Sometimes it is used to fry almonds and cashew nuts. However, its use is limited and common people seldom buy it.

Activity 15

Here is a conversation in which an uncle describes a saw to his nephew. Read through the conversation and write a paragraph describing a saw.

Boy : What is a saw, uncle?
Uncle: It’s something we use to cut a piece of wood into two.
Boy : You mean it’s a sort of axe, uncle?
Uncle: No, not an axe, This one has a thinner blade and a short ring-like handle of wood.
Boy : Oh, I know what it is. It’s like a sword.
Uncle: Not really. A saw has one edge sharp. The other edge does not cut.
Boy : Like a big knife?
Uncle: Partly, but the sharp edge does not cut like a knife. There are teeth on the sharp edge. When you press the blade against the wood and move it forward and backwards, like the bow of a violin, the wood gets cut along that line. There are big saws, too, which two people hold at either end to make cuts along the whole length of a log.
Answer:
A saw is an instrument made of either iron or steel with curved teeth on one side or both. The blade of a saw is thin but strong. There is a ring-like wooden handle fitted to one end of the instrument held during sawing wood or wood planks. When it is pressed against the wood, the wood gets cut along that line. Nowadays, the saw has developed a lot from its crude form to a sophisticated one.

Activity 16

Write a short description of the following objects :
(a) A football
Hints:
(i) Size, shape and colour
(ii) Is it smooth, rough or soft to the touch? Is it hard? Is it light or heavy?
(iii) How does it smell?
(iv) Does it bounce? How high?

(b) A ripe mango
Hints:
(i) Size, shape, colour and smell –
(ii) How does it feel to the touch?
(iii) What happens when you press it hard?
(iv) How does it taste?

(c) A pressure cooker
Hints:
(i) What is it? (Definition)
(ii) What does it look like? (parts, size, make, etc.)

Answer:
(a) A football :
A football is a spherical object made of hexagonal leather pieces of alternately white and black colour or plain grey. It has a bladder inside which is inflated by air to give it a round shape. The leather is smooth and soft in the evening but gradually becomes rough because of wear and tear as a result of frequent use. It is light when inflated and bounces up to a height of 15 feet to 20 feet depending on how much it has inflated and how hard it is hit.

(b) A ripe mango :
It is a tropical fruit which consists of a hard kernel, a central core around which is a fleshy pulp. It is yellowish-red in colour and in ovalish in shape. The mango smells sweet and is soft and smooth to the touch; when pressed hard the outer pulp along with the juice comes out. It has a very sweet taste to it.

(c) A pressure cooker :
A pressure cooker is a vessel in which food is cooked in steam under pressure. It consists of a very strong vessel, made of aluminium alloy with a lid that fits tightly on the top. The lid can be sealed onto the vessel by means of a rubber ring. At the centre of the lid, there is a vent or hole through which steam can escape. The food to be cooked is placed in a smaller vessel inside the cooker and a little water is poured into the outer vessel.

Water boils in the vessel and steam begins to escape through the vent. Then we stop the steam by placing a weight on the vent. Steam pressure inside increases and the temperature rises. So the food gets cooked at a higher temperature. This takes only one-third of the time taken by the ordinary method.

Activity 17

Describe the following objects :
(a) A bicycle
(b) A teapot
(c) A fountain pen
(d) A gold necklace

Answer:
(a) A bicycle :
A bicycle is the cheapest and simplest form of transport on wheels. It consists of the main frame and a secondary frame both joined together and triangular in shape. The main frame has a head tube in its front. The handle of the bicycle protrudes out from the upper end of the head tube while the fork protrudes out from the lower end of the head tube. An inner bolt holds both the handle and the fork in place. At the lower end of the fork is the front axle which holds the wheel.

At the opposite end of the upper end of the head, the tube is a tube that protrudes out of the hollow of the main frame. This has a nut-bolt arrangement to hold the seat. Similarly, the peak of the triangular main frame has a hole and axle arrangement to which the crank is connected. The secondary frame has a seat stay which serves as a support for the weight on the seat. The upper end of the seat stay is joined to the main frame while the lower end forks out into two legs which hold the rear wheel in place.

The wheels consist of a central spoke holder from which spokes radiate out into the rim of the wheel where it is screwed. The spokes keep the rim in shape and support it. Besides this, the wheel has an inflatable tube and an outer tyre. The tube has a valve through which air is pumped into it. This valve emerges on to the outer side of the rim through a hole in it. The crank is held by the main frame while the rear frame holds a sprocket wheel. A chain extends from the crank and is wound around the sprocket wheel. The chain is fitted onto them and locked.

The crank further has two pedals joined to it. When force is applied to the pedals, the crank turns and this chain transmits this force applied to the sprocket wheel which is attached to the rear wheel, thereby moving it. Consequently, the cycle moves. To facilitate proper control of the bike, there are brakes. Brake levers are attached to the handle and have brake brackets with rubber on them which are fitted close to the rear and front wheels. Besides this mudguards are provided for both wheels. Finally, a bell and a stand complete the bike. The stand serves as a prop to keep the bicycle standing.

(b) A teapot:
A teapot is a vessel used to brew tea. It can be of various shapes and sizes but most often it is cylindrical in shape with a hollow inside. It is open at one end and this top end has a lid which can be closed or opened as required. The lid is attached to the body of the teapot. The teapot also has a snout with an opening in it from which brewed tea is poured. In teapots of other kinds, instead of a snout, there is a long neck with a mouth at one from which the tea is to be poured. The teapot can be made of various materials like clay, bone china, wood, steel or copper.

(c) A fountain pen:
A fountain pen has two parts. A hollow cylindrical lower part two inches in diameter and a nib holder that is screwed onto it. Besides this, it has a cap with which to cover the nib and protect the ink from spreading. The lower cylindrical half of the pen is filled with ink. This ink passes to the nib which has a sharp pointed end to which it drips. It is with this pointed end of the nib that one writes.

(d) A gold necklace :
Gold is the most precious of all metals. Its bright yellow colour is very pretty. It takes fine polish. Gold is used to make many ornaments out of which a necklace is one. The goldsmith artistically makes it. It is of different sizes and designs. Each gold necklace has a beauty of its own. It is studded with rare stones and diamonds. This necklace is made by hand as well as by machine.

Activity 18

Your father has bought the item in the picture for you. Write a letter to your sister describing what it is, how it looks and what you are going to do with it.

Answer:

Shanti Vihar
7 August 20

Dear sister,
Dad presented me with a very useful gift. I really needed it. Well, don’t hazard any guesses because you might think of the wrong thing. It is a wall clock. The clock is a fairly big one. It has a huge round dial which is fixed onto a round plastic case. This in turn is encrusted into a squarish plastic body. The glass on the dial case is spotlessly clean. One significant feature of the watch is its radium-coated hands.

These shine in the darkness and allow me to know the time even though the lights are off. Besides this, the clock has an alarm system. This serves the purpose of waking up a lazy boy like me. Nowadays I use the alarm to wake up at 5.00 a.m. to go out jogging. That is a thoughtful present from dad, isn’t it? I am writing to him separately to thank him but do tell him how useful it is to me. Thanks for sending cakes and biscuits through your classmate Suneeta.

Your loving brother,
Sushil.

Activity 19

Read through the following paragraph and answer the following questions.

Coal mining-digging coal out of the earth – is a very big industry. Some coal is mined on the surface, but most of it has to be mined deep underground. Both forms of mining are now highly mechanised. On or near the surface, coal is mined by the open-cast method. Huge power shovels first strip off the earth’s overburden above the coal seam. Then the coal is broken up by explosives and shovelled into trucks.

Underground mining is more complicated, more expensive, and more dangerous. Shafts are sunk down into the earth and tunnels are struck outwards from the shafts to the coal seams. Then a machine, called a continuous miner, rips coal from the mine face and loads it onto a conveyor belt, which carries the coal up.

Now answer the following questions :

(i) What is the paragraph about?
(iii) The sentences below give us a simple description of the process of surface ( mining, but they are not in order. Rewrite them in the proper order and use the connectives “first,” “second”, “third” and “finally”. “The coal is thus broken up. Explosives are detonated. The earth above the coal seam is removed. It is loaded into the trucks”.
(iii) There are certain steps involved in underground mining. Write down the steps in proper order. The first one is given to you as an example.
a. Shafts are sunk down in the ground.
b. _______________________
c. Coal is __________________
d. The coal is _______________
e. Then it is ________________

Answer:
(i) The paragraph defines coal mining and enumerates the two kinds of mining. The paragraph also describes the open-cast method of mining.
(ii) Firstly the earth above the coal seam is removed. Secondly, explosives are detonated. Thirdly, the coal is thus broken up. Finally, it is loaded into trucks.
(iii) (b) Tunnels are struck outward from the shafts to the coal seam.
(c) Coal is then ripped from the mine face by a machine called a continuous miner.
(d) The coal is broken up by explosives and shovelled into trucks.
(e) Then it is loaded onto a conveyor belt which carries the coal up.

Activity 20

Here is a description of an experiment demonstrating the process of photosynthesis in green leaves. Read it carefully and note the steps in the experiment.

Two leaves are removed from a de-starched plant. The upper side of one and the lower side of the other are greased with vaseline. The stalk of ‘ each leaf is dipped in water and the leaves are left in the light for four hours so that photosynthesis takes place. Most of the vaseline is wiped off and the leaves are placed in a solution of potassium iodide. The leaf greased on the upper side develops a blue colour, showing that starch has formed by photosynthesis from carbon dioxide, which entered through the leaf pores which are mainly on the underside. No colour develops in the other leaf in which vaseline blocked the pores.

Have you understood the steps involved in the experiment? Can you now help your younger sister conduct this experiment? For this, you may have to give her instructions and let her do the experiment. Give her instructions step by step. You may proceed like this :

1. Take two leaves from a de-starched plant.
2. Grease one leaf on the upper side.
3. _______________________
Continue the instructions till the experiment is over.
Answer:
1. Take two leaves from a de-starched plant
2. Grease one leaf on the upper-side
3. Grease the other on the lower side
4. Dip both leaves in water
5. Then leave it under light for four hours so that photosynthesis takes place.
6. After this wipe off vaseline from the leaves and place it in a solution of potassium iodide.
7. You will now notice that the leaf greased on the upper side develops a blue colour.
8. This shows that starch has formed photosynthesis from carbon dioxide which entered through the leaf pores on the underside of the leaf.
9. No colour develops on the leaf in which vaseline blocked the pores. Structural items used in the passages. We use technical writing while describing the processes etc. These technical writings are commonly impersonal and formal. In this type, the action referred to is more important than the doer of that action. Hence, we express this importance using active voice. Try to fill in the blanks.

1. Coal is mined ___________.
2. Both forms ________ are now highly mechanised.
3. Then the coal is broken up ________ and shovelled
4. Shafts are sunk ________ and tunnels are stuck ________.
5. Two leaves are removed ___________.
6. ________ are greased with vaseline
7. Stalks are dipped __________.
8. Leaves are left ____________.

Answer:
1. Coal is mined on the surface. but most of it has to be mined deep underground.
2. Both forms of mining are now highly mechanised.
3. Then the coal is broken up by explosives and shovelled into trucks.
4. Shafts are sunk down into the earth and tunnels are stuck outwards from the shafts to the coal seams.
5. Two leaves are removed from a de-starched plant.
6. The upper side of one and the lower side of the other are greased with vaseline.
7. Stalks are dipped in water.
8. Leaves are left in light for four hours.

Activity 21

Here is a set of instructions for an experiment on transpiration in plants. Rewrite the description in the passive voice. Select a potted plant and water it sufficiently before the experiment. Cover the soil surface by means of oil paper and check the ordinary evaporation of water. Put the pot on the workbench of the laboratory and cover it with a bell jar. Allow the experimental set-up to continue for one hour. Observe that drops of water stick to the inner wall of the bell jar.
Hint: A plotted plant is selected and it is watered sufficiently before the experiment. (Continue)
Answer:
A potted plant is selected and watered sufficiently before the experiment. Then its soil surface is covered by an oil paper to check ordinary evaporation of water. After this, the pot is put on the workbench of the laboratory and covered with a bell- jar. This experimental setup is allowed to continue for an hour. It is observed that drops of water stick to the inner wall of the bell jar.

Activity 22

The following sentences are from a passage, which tells us about the ideal temperature necessary for the growth of plants. But the sentences are not in order. Put them in order.
1. At lower temperatures the activity of enzymes is reduced; therefore, the growth is also retarded.
2. Most plants grow well between 20-30 degrees centigrade, which may be called the optimum temperature range.
3. The effect of temperature on growth may be indirectly related to the activity of enzymes.
4. But some plants grow well at temperatures lower than 20° C, while other plants grow best at temperatures higher than 30° C.
5. At higher temperatures, the activity of the enzymes in the plant is considerably increased, leading to a kind of ‘exhaustion’ of the plant. Beyond 40° C, the enzymes themselves are destroyed.
Answer:
Most plants grow well between 20°-30° centigrade, which may be called the optimum temperature range. But some plants grow well at temperatures lower than 20° C while other plants grow best at temperatures higher than 30° C. At higher temperatures, the activity of enzymes in the plant is considerably increased, leading to a kind of ‘exhaustion’ of the plant. Beyond 40° C, the enzymes themselves are destroyed. At lower temperatures the activity of enzymes is reduced; therefore, growth is also retarded. Thus the effect of temperature on growth may be indirectly related to the activity of enzymes.

Activity 23

Given below is a diagram which describes how water mixed with solid substances or impurities is distilled. Write a description of the process of distillation.

Answer:
The water mixed with solid substances or impurities is first put into a round-bottomed flask. This flask is then placed on a tripod stand. A rectangular glass tube is then put into the flask through the hole in the cork covering the flask. The tube must reach down to the depth of the water level in the flask. The other hand of the tube must be kept under an empty glass beaker. After this, the flask is to be heated by a glass flame. As the flask is heated, it gradually reaches boiling point and water starts turning into water vapour.

This steam passes through the rectangular tube. As it passes through the tube, the water vapour condenses and droplets of water start falling into the glass beaker. They quicken the process of condensation and the rectangular tube can be attached to a condenser tube through which cold water passes. As all the water in the flask evaporates, the impurities or the solid substance will remain behind in the flask and pure water will be deposited in the beaker.

(a) In ironing a shirt, you first press the cuffs and the sleeves. You then press the collar, inside and outside. After that you ……………….
Answer:
While ironing a shirt, first we press the cuffs and then the sleeves. We then press the collar on both sides with the iron. Then we can press the front part and then | the back ……………….

Activity 24

Describe the following simple processes.
(a) how to make a glass of lassi
(b) how to make a booking for a berth in a reserved compartment (on a train)
(c) how to clean and polish your shoes
(d) how to cook rice
(e) how to send a letter by registered post

Answer:
(a) how to make a glass of lassi:
1. First, take the required amount of curd and milk.
2. Pour them into the jar of the mixer.
3. Add ice cubes and sugar (to your own taste) to it.
4. Then churn and grind it in the mixer using the whipper till the mixture of curd, milk sugar and ice, foam is.
5. Pour it back into a glass.
6. Top ft with garnished coconut, cream, ground cashew nut, bournvita powder or cocoa powder and dried grapes.
7. The lassi is now ready.

(b) how to make a booking for a berth in a reserved compartment (on a train):
1. Procure a reservation slip/form from the reservation counter at the railway station or city booking centres.
2. Fill in the form giving details of the train you want to travel, the class you want to travel to, the date of your journey, your name, age, sex and preference for lower, middle or upper berth.
3. Then give this reservation slip/form to the reservation clerk.
4. The clerk will then check on his computer to find out whether a berth is available on the train and on the particular date you asked for.
5. After finding the availability if it is available, he will print the details on the ticket and pass it to you asking you the fee for it.
6. If the clerk finds that no berth is available, he will tell you what other options are available and you can fill out a new reservation slip with the options available and thereby start the whole process again.

(c) how to clean and polish your shoes:
1. First bring a cherry blossom or a polishing cream (white or black).
2. Use a soft polishing brush for cleaning the dust and dirt.
3. Apply the cherry cream on the brush.
4. Polish the shoes slowly and continuously for some time so as to give them a shining colour.
5. Then apply the cream for a better glaze on the shoes.

(d) how to cook rice:
1. Clean the rice off stones, chaff and burnt rice.
2. Then clean it with water.
3. After this take water that is twice the volume of rice you have taken and set it to boil on the stove in a pot or vessel.
4. When you notice the water boiling, pour the rice into it.
5. Keep it over the fire till the grains of rice become soft.
6. Then drain the water from the pot, so that the cooked rice is left behind ready for consumption.

(e) how to send a letter by registered post:
1. Procure an envelope of the size required by you from the stationery shop.
2. Put the letter inside it and seal it with gum or cello tape.
3. Then write the name and address of the person you want to send it to on the right-hand side of the envelope. Add your name and address to the envelope in the left bottom corner.
4. Take it to the post office and hand it to the registration clerk. He will weigh it and tell you how much stamp it requires. Buy the required amount of stamp from him and paste it on the envelope.
5. Then hand it back to him. He will enter it in a registration journal, write the registration number and date on the envelope and put his Initials on it. He will then hand you a receipt for the letter he received from you.
6. The registration work is done.

Read the following description of a hill station.

(a) Ootacamund, or Ooty (as it is popularly known), which nestles in the Nilgiri Hills, lies on the borders of Kerala, Tamil Nadu and Karnataka. Tourists from both home and abroad flock to this beautiful little hill station for a holiday. The most prominent attraction for them is the Botanical Garden, which was established in 1847. A variety of exotic and ornamental plants adorn this garden. The chief attraction of the garden is a fossil tree trunk which is 20 million years old. A small lake runs through the garden. The government organises in this garden a flower festival in May every year.

(i) What is Ootacamund’s other name? Where is it situated?
(ii) What is its main attraction?
(iii) Where is the lake?
Answer:
(i) Ootacamund’s other name is Ooty. It is situated in the Nilgiri Hills which . “ lies on the borders of Kerala, Tamilnadu and Karnataka.
(ii) The most prominent attraction is the Botanical Garden, which was established in 1847.
(iii) The lake runs through the Botanical Garden of Ooty.

Can you draw up an outline of the passage above and how the description progresses?
Answer:
Paragraph 1: Popular name and location of Ooty – a tourist spot.
Paragraph 2: The Botanical Garden – the most prominent tourist spot.
Paragraph 3: The lake and the flower festival
Now read another description of a place of tourist interest in India.

(b) Junagadh is an ancient city in Gujarat. It is situated among the shadows of Mount Gimar. The name “Junagadh”- Juna (old) and Gadh (fort)- literally means “old fort”. On the outskirts of the city, there is a dark basalt rock. It stands on the way to Mount Gimar. The rock holds the inscriptions of three mighty dynasties. They include the Maurya and Gupta dynasties. The inscriptions are in Sanskrit.

Notice some keywords and phrases used in the descriptions.
existence: Ooty lies on the borders of Kerala, Tamil Nadu and Karnataka,
location: on the outskirts of the city there is a dark basalt rock.

Activity 25

Describe the following places, highlighting their size, location and type. Also, mention the interesting or outstanding features of each place.
(a) Your home town or village
(b) An important place you have visited
(c) Your college

Answer:
(a) My Village :
My village, Mahendragiri is situated in the Gajapati district. It is one-hundred and eighty km away from the silk city, of Berhampur. To reach my village one has to take a bus from Berhampur and after the Tapta Pani Ghat take the route leading to Ramgiri Udayagiri. This place was in the news recently because of communal clashes. Mahendragiri is just 60 km away from R. Udaygiri. The village is situated at the foot of the Mahendra Hills and hence it is called Mahendragiri.

The whole village consists of a cluster of huts, asbestos roof houses and a few concrete buildings. It has only two sahis namely the Nuasahi and the Puranasahi. These sahis are situated one after the other. When one approaches Mahendragiri from R. Udayagiri, one will first see the Nuasahi and after that the Puranasahi. Each ship has rows of houses facing each other. Thus in Nuasahi, we have two rows of houses facing each other and in Puranasahi too there are two rows of houses facing each other.

There are only 200 families living in the whole village. The village has only one main road, the state highway which comes from Berhampur goes past R. Udayagiri to our village Mahendragiri and then continues upto Parlakhemundi, the district headquarters of Gajapati district, which is just 20 km from our village. Nuasahi which is in the south of Berhampur is surrounded by a huge mango grove and tamarind trees.

Puranasahi which is on the north of Parlakhemundi is bordered by cashew-nut plantations. Beyond the mango grove and the cashew, plantation lie the hills. On the top of a hill is a Shiva temple. It can be reached after climbing 480 steps. The temple is a very ancient one. It is now almost in ruins because of a lack of maintenance. Nevertheless, one can see the crude Shiva Lingam in the inner sanctuary always covered with fresh flowers.

The view from the temple courtyard is thrilling. One can see the streams flowing down on the rear of the hill. The sahis looked like tiny rows of toy houses. T.V. antennas look like minute clothes hangers and the mango grove and casuarina trees look like beds of cauliflowers. 3 km away from the village, on the road to Parlakhemundi is our marketplace. It does not have any permanent shops but only rows of rectangular concrete platforms on which businessmen put up their shops.

The market meets on three days of the week, Monday, Wednesday and Friday. It is a very colourful market where one can get everything necessary. Beyond the market is a thick jungle. On the hills, one can also see patches of barren land. This is because the farmers of our village practice shifting cultivation. Some of the plants on the hill are seen as half burnt. Some are already yellow with the flowers of the mustard.

(b) An important place I have visited :
One of the most important and unforgettable places that I have ever visited is the Taj Mahal at Agra. I have not seen anything else that surpasses the beauty of this marble mausoleum. Built by Shah Jahan, as a tomb for his wife and as an enduring symbol of his love, the Taj Mahal is true “an elegy in stone.” It has a gateway of red stone with verses from the Quran inscribed on it.

The gateway leads to a garden with three pathways. Besides that, there are fountains and pillars that lead to the marble platform at whose four comers are four towers or minarets. In the middle is the main dome with two smaller domes flanking it on either side. The red and white marble walls are decorated with stones of various colours encrusted in them. Their insides too are covered by flowers wrought in stone and lace work of green foliage.

The hall of death has a verse inscribed on it. Words cannot describe the splendour of the Tajmahal in the moonlight. It glitters and appears radiant as a bride. Moreover, the large rooms, cool ambience and solitariness about it, give it a sober air whereby one becomes reverential and meditative.

(c) My college :
My college is situated on the National Highway No.5 between Cuttack and Bhubaneswar on the outskirts of our village Kamalpur when proceeding towards Cuttack. It is a red-brick, single-storeyed straight-line building that faces the East. It is constructed only on an acre of land which is marked by a similar red-brick boundary wall that has only one gate which opens onto the highway. The gate has a gravel path which leads to the portico of the college building.

Immediately after the portico is steps which lead to the principal’s office. On the right of the principal’s office is the staff common-room, while to its left is the Administrative Office of the college. All three are housed in single rooms. Beyond the staff common- room and the administrative office on both sides are the stores, the right one storing sports equipment while the left one has stationary. Following the sports store on the right are the classrooms. There are three classrooms in all for 1st Year Arts students.

Similarly on the left beyond the stationeries store are three classrooms for 2nd year Arts students. Beyond the boundary wall, on every side are paddy fields. It is interesting that the college itself has been constructed on an erstwhile paddy field donated by a farmer whose son is one of the teachers in the college. Thus in the rainy season the earth there does not absorb water and as a result, we often have 2-3 ft. of standing water in the College compound. One can even fish inside the college during rainy reason.

Activity 26

Describe the place shown in the picture below.

Answer:
It was a wonderful and picturesque sight just like a picture postcard. A waterfall nestling among the mountains peopled by the evergreen pines standing tall on the mountains. The water cascaded down the fall spraying itself into the air looking like tiny globules of diamond and then crashing into the rock below where it turns into white foam and then cascades down the mountain forming divergent streams that end up in a rivulet.

Activity 27

Describe the following people of our country and the places they live in.
(a) The Kashmiris
(b) The Sikhs
(c) The Santals

Here are some helpful points for (a)
(i) Live in the valley of Kashmir, fair complexion, tall, long noses, about 5 million people
(ii) Very cold winters – snow, frozen lakes, poorly heated mud houses, individual firepots. Woollen clothes, long gowns and rubber shoes
(iii) Food: meat, fish and rice; fruit (apples, pears, peaches, cherries, etc.); Drink: a lot of tea with or without milk
(iv) handicrafts: carpets, silk, wood carvings, etc.
(v) well-known tourist spots: Shalimar Gardens, Gulmarg, Dal lake, etc.

Answer:
(a) The Kashmiris:
The Kashmiris are a fair complexioned people most of who live in the valley of Kashmir which lies in the north of India. They usually have tall and long noses. They experience very cold winters because of snow, frozen lakes and badly heated mud houses. To get rid of the cold, they wear woollen clothes, long gowns and rubber shoes. However, most of the population is poor and hence they live in poorly heated mud houses but each of them has separate firepots. The majority of the Kashmiris are Muslims. As a result, most men wear caps while women are veiled. They wear purdah. This is of course more common among the orthodox folk.

The Kashmiris are mostly non-vegetarian people eating meat, fish and rice. They also consume fruits like apples, pears, peaches, cherries etc. and drink a lot of tea. Their main occupation is handicrafts. Whole families including young children are engaged in weaving carpets, silk clothes, wood carvings etc. all of which are exquisitely done. The main revenue, however, comes from tourism. Kashmir which is considered earth’s paradise has many famous tourist spots like the Dal Lake, Shalimar Gardens and the Gulmarg. Terrorism has however decreased tourist trade in recent times.

(b) The Sikhs :
The Sikhs are the residents of Punjab but over the years they have migrated to almost all the states of India and to many countries abroad. Sikhism began as a socio-religious movement which was more interested in fighting evils but in its process of evolution, it was forced by circumstances to become a militant sect. It was Guru Gobind Singh who transformed the Sikhs into a militant sect and created Khalsa. The Sikh people are easily distinguishable by the turban they put on. Every Sikh is bound by the laws of his religion to never have his hair cut.

Men, therefore, tie their hair in a plait, bind it on the head and wear a turban upon it. Besides this, all Sikhs who are part of the Khalsa are armed with a Kirpan and put on a steel bangle called Kada. Most men are dressed in long Kurtas that reach down to the knees and pyjamas. Women are dressed in salwar kameez. The Sikhs are very hard-working and industrious people. They mainly cultivate wheat, rice, maize, gram and pulses. They produce the largest amount of wheat in India.

Unlike other States, the Sikhs use all mechanised equipment for agriculture and adopt the latest techniques and methods of production. Besides this, they are engaged in several industries like bicycle parts, auto parts, sports and leather goods, hosiery, knitwear, footwear, nuts and bolts, textiles etc. Most Sikhs eat roti or parathas along with Makhan, and dal and drink large glasses of milk. They celebrate the birthdays of their Guru by offering prayer and distributing sweets. The important tourist centres and places of worship in Punjab are the Golden Temple at Amritsar, the Durgiana Mandir, the Anandpur Sahib and the Jalianawala Bagh.

(c) The Santhals :
The Santhals or Santals are an indigenous aboriginal tribe inhabiting Bihar and some parts of Orissa. They lend their name to the Santhal Pargana district of Bihar, which is known after them. They are short dark-skinned people having broad noses, thick lips, coarse and curly hair and very prominent cheekbones. Their main occupation is cultivating and cattle breeding. Most of them are uneducated and illiterate and rarely mix with mainstream society. They are also good hunters.

They are animistic in their beliefs and enjoy sexual liberty practising polyandry and polygamy. Their dialect is called Santali. They live in mud houses short in height. But their villages are extremely clean. The Santals have an elaborate tribal structure, with 12 exogamous clans. More over, each village has its cadre of village officials the head of whom is the chief.

Activity 28

Describe how the Money Order which you send reaches the addressee.
Answer:
The money order form is first filled up and the money to be sent as well as the amount of exchange is given to the postal clerk who gives a receipt in return. It is understood that a customer has commissioned money to be sent to a customer in another place for paying a sum for the service. The postal clerk thus sends this form to the post office where the addressee is to be found. This is taken as a direction by that post office to pay the sum to the addressee, which is done by a postal peon.

Activity 29

Write about 150 words on each of the following :
(a) A peacock
(b) A cat
(c) An elephant

Answer:
(a) A Peacock :
The male peacock is a beautiful bird. Its neck is covered with lovely blue feathers. Its body is green and blue. Its glory is its long tail. It can open its tail like a great fan. The colours are blue and green and gold. The bird is very proud of its tail. It opens it, and struts about to be admired. The peacock stands for pride. We say, “as proud as a peacock”. The lady peacock is a plain brown bird. She has no tail like her husband. He has all the beauty.

In India, peacocks are sacred birds. The peacock is called the mount of Saraswati, the goddess of learning. So it is very wrong to kill a peacock. But peacocks are great thieves. They do great damage to growing crops. Some people say that peacocks kill snakes. Some say they can smell the coming rain. Then they give harsh screams.

(b) A Cat :
People keep cats as pets. Cats are pretty animals, covered with soft fur. They are of different colours. Some are black, some white, some grey, and some brown. Kittens, or young cats, are very playful. They will play for hours with little balls, fallen leaves, or bits of string. The chief use of cats is to catch mice and rats. Like their big cousins, lions and tigers, cats can see in the dark. They hunt for mice at night. Mice are a great pest in a house. A cat will soon kil them, or drive them away.

Cats have been tamed for thousands of years. They were kept as pets in ancient Egypt. Cats are very different from dogs. Dogs love persons, but cats love places. A dog will follow his master anywhere. But a cat loves the comfort of the house and stays at home. Their love is what we call “cupboard love”.

(c) An elephant :
The elephant is the largest of all animals. It is a strange animal to look at. It has thick legs, huge sides and back, large ears, small eyes, a short tail, and great white tusks. Its long nose, or trunk, is the strangest thing about it. It uses its trunk like a hand. It picks things up with its trunk and puts them into its mouth. It sucks up water with its trunk and squirts it into its mouth for drinking.

Elephants are very strong. And they are very clever. So tame elephants are very useful. They are trained to draw heavy loads. They are taught to carry logs of wood on their tusks and pile them up in perfect order. They are used, too, in hunting tigers in the jungle. In old days they were used in battle. And Indian Rajas ride on elephants in state processions.

Activity 30

Write short paragraphs on :
(a) A refrigerator
(b) A screwdriver
(c) A motorcycle

Answer:
(a) A refrigerator :
A refrigerator is a common household electrically powered equipment/appliance that is used to chill or freeze food items for preservation. It consists of an outer metal cabinet or box, rectangular in shape and an inner polyurethane foam lining (pdf) to ensure zero gaps, insulation and provide no space for insects to breed. Its size ranges from 165 litres to 310 litres. Its inside can be cooled to temperatures as low as – 16°C.

The cooling is affected by a thermostat which controls the temperature inside the refrigerator as well as of the freezer compartment. The cabinet contains a separate freezer compartment in which ice can be formed and food kept frozen. The freezer also has ice trays with which ice cubes are made. Below it is the chill tray which is used to store soft drinks as well as milk jackets for quick cooling. Besides, the cabinet may have adjustable shelves, which are found mostly in domestic refrigerators.

In which vessels of different sizes can be accommodated to store cooked food, jellies, pies etc. Right below is the San crisper which is a compartment for storing leafy vegetables and fresh fruits. The door inside also has a dairy compartment for cheese and butter, removable egg racks and adjustable bottle racks. Today frost-free refrigerators are available.

(b) A screwdriver:
A screwdriver is a common tool used for turning screws. It consists of a metal rod that is fixed in a wooden, plastic or rubber groove that has been moulded into a handle grip. The rod is chiselled in the front to facilitate its getting into the groove of the screw. The rod varies in length and diameter.

(c) A motorcycle :
Motor cycle is one of the most popular means of conveyance. Now different brands are manufactured by different companies. Each of them has a distinctive feature. The motorcycle consists of various parts, such as a handle, brake, fuel tank, silencer pipe, engine (two-stroke/four-stroke) carburettor, clutch lever, speedometer, two tyres, indicator (front and rear), and battery compartment. These parts are systematically set in the bike’s comfortable seat, headlight, shock absorber and so on.

Four-stroke motor-bike is superior to a two-stroke one because the former has smooth pick-up. Besides, it doesn’t produce defeaning sound. On the other hand, the motorbike has a two-stroke engine that doesn’t have that smooth pick-up. It produces sound. The fuel consumption of a four-stroke engine is better than that of a two-stroke engine. The former is economical. Replacement of engine oil at the scheduled time is of great importance. Now wherever we notice, we see varieties of wonderful bikes playing on the road.

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Invitation to English 3 Solutions Writing Narration Textbook Activity Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class English Writing Narration

There are different ways of developing a paragraph depending on the topic and the purpose of writing. We shall study some of those ways now and in a subsequent chapter, we will develop our ideas into a longer piece of writing in the same light. We will also learn to mix different ways of developing our ideas into one or more paragraphs.

The common ways of developing paragraphs are :
(i) Narration – To tell an event, incident., or experience in chronological order.
(ii) Description -To describe a person, animal, object, place or process.
(iii)Exposition – To explain an idea, instrument, or problem.
(iv)Argumentation or persuasion -To argue for or against a view, in order to influence the reader’s opinion.

Narration

Read the following paragraph and see how the sentences have been arranged.

On Sunday morning, I get up at six in the morning. After a quick wash, I get into my jogging rig and go for a run. By 6.30 I am on the road. I run half an hour. I return home and have a leisurely bath, a luxury. I cannot afford it on weekdays. The bath is over, and I get ready quickly. What have you done? You have described your activities on a Sunday morning, in the order in which they take place.

You start with what you do first, then go on to what you do next, and so on and you come to your last activity. This brings you to the most important thing about a narrative paragraph. In a narrative paragraph, the events or happenings are arranged in chronological order, that is, in order of time.

A. Narrative Passage

A. Account of Events with Sequence of Action:
It was late in the evening. The bride’s place was richly illuminated and decorated. There was music and dancing all around. Around half past 10, the bridegroom’s procession arrived and there was a flurry of excitement. The bridegroom was sitting erect on a young horse. The bride’s parents came out to receive the bridegroom and the bride was brought out too, her face covered with a pink and gold veil. She was barely 18. But, suddenly, without any provocation, the horse broke away from his master’s grip and ran away taking the bridegroom with him.

The bridegroom shouted for help and clung on to the horse for dear life. Soon his turban fell off, revealing his sparse white hair flying in the breeze. “He was too old to marry”, everyone concluded. He couldn’t be less than 70. The young bride stood aghast. Turning to her parents she cried aloud, “He’s old ! He’s a doddering old man ! I won’t marry him”. Tearing off her finery she stormed back into the house. And the old man was taken to hospital with multiple fractures.

B. A Different point of view:
At last, we reached the bride’s place. It was well lighted and there was music and dancing all around. The atmosphere was exciting and I liked it. The bride’s parents came out to receive the bridegroom and then the bride was brought too, her face covered with a pink and gold veil. I stood on the tips of my hooves to get a better view of her. Suddenly the veil on her face blew up in the breeze and I had a glimpse of her face. I was shocked.

She was only a child! She couldn’t be more than 18. And she was about to marry a man old enough to be her grandfather! “Something is seriously wrong”, I thought. “This marriage must be stopped! I then looked sly at my master. He was looking the other way. Without losing any time I broke away from his hold and ran, taking the bridegroom with me. When I reached the street I threw him on the ground and bolted away.

Activity 1

Read the accounts in passages A and B again. Then narrate the incident from the point of view of :
(i) the bridegroom
(ii) the bride’s father
(iii) the bride
Answer:
(i) The bridegroom:
It was late in the evening when I reached the bride’s place which was richly decorated and illuminated. It was a treat to watch. The bride’s parents then came out to receive me and my friends. She was there too, with her face covered with a pink and gold veil. I wanted to take a good look at her as I sat on my horse. Fortunately, a breeze blew her veil away and I got a full glimpse of her face. she was young and beautiful! My heart beat fast in excitement. I couldn’t wait to get married.

Suddenly without warning my horse broke away from my grip and galloped away as if frightened. The sudden jerk loosened my turban and it fell off my head. Alas ! my white hairs were now visible! I could hear shouts of amazement from people gathered for the marriage. They were calling me an old man, fit to be a grandad. All my hopes of marriage were dashed. Suddenly, I was thrown off the horse and consciousness. When I regained it, I found myself in the hospital. I was told that the girl refused to marry me.

(ii) The bride’s father:
It was the happiest day of my life. My one and only daughter were getting married. I spent money lavishly on decorating my house. The bridegroom had not arrived till now. It was almost ten o’clock. Fortunately, however, they arrived half an hour later. I went out to receive him along with my wife and daughter. He sat astride on a horse. He had put on a coffee-colored sherwani suit. A gold brocaded yellow silk turban wrapped his head.

He looked handsome. I was proud of him – a man of many means. We now faced to face and I was asking him to get down from the horse so that the rituals to welcome him could be started, but he was inattentive. I followed his eyes. He was looking at my daughter. “Natural”, I thought. Suddenly, the horse raised its forelegs high up in the air, broke its master’s grip, and galloped away toward the street. I thought I could hold its reins but it was too fast for me.

My would-be son-in-law was now crying out loudly for help but in vain. Being afraid, I ran behind the horse. At that moment my would-be son-in-law’s turban fell off and I was aghast by what I saw. There was only a little white hair clinging to his bald head! O God, he could not.be less than seventy! “Marry my daughter”, would he ?” I said to myself. I then looked back to see my daughter rushing into the house with tears rolling down her cheeks.

(iii) The bride:
The moment of my marriage had arrived. My parents took me out with them to receive the bridegroom. As usual, this was an arranged marriage and I had not even had so much as a glimpse of my fiance before. So when we neared him sitting astride on a house, I tried to look at him through my veil but was not satisfied with the hazy figure that I perceived. Luckily, a breeze lifted off my veil and I had a fair look at him. He looked like a chivalrous knight sitting on a horse. He looked smart and handsome.

Suddenly, however, his horse neighed loudly, raised its forelegs high up into the air, and bolted away. This movement disrobed his head and his turban fell off. What I saw turned me speechless for a moment. He was completely bald, except for a few strands of impeccably white hair. I was shocked. I couldn’t believe my eyes. I had been deceived! Screaming, I ran into the house. “I couldn’t marry this old man, no not at all”. I thought to myself. Tears filled my eyes and I was disconsolate. It was indeed providential that the horse had bolted and the turban had fallen off.

Activity 2

One day you saw a woman faint at a bus stop. Narrate what happened; describe the sequence of events and the reaction of the people at the bus stop.
Answer:
It was a blazing summer afternoon. I could feel the heat almost scalding my cheeks. I was perspiring like a faucet as I reached the bus stop from the college. It was mid-noon then. The streets were deserted and desolate. The tar on the road was melting. There was no one at the bus stop except for a lady in a synthetic saree. “How the hell can she put on a synthetic saree on this hot noon ?” I thought she was holding a bag of vegetables – “A housewife, returning home after marketing44, I surmised.

My lips were dry and so I crossed the road to have sugarcane juice. There were four to five people at the crushing trolley. As I ordered a glass of juice and started sipping it all the while facing the bus stop to see if the bus is arriving. Suddenly I saw the woman standing across the road, at the stop, fell down unconscious. For seconds I did not realize that she had fainted.

We all did but none moved to help – they were men and she was a woman. She was old enough to be my mother. I ran to her; saw that she was faint and her lips were trembling, her mouth was completely dry. I ran back, took an ice block from the juice seller and a glass of water, and rushed back. Meanwhile, all my fellow drinkers had gathered around her. They asked me to sprinkle water on her face which I did. But then I also poured water into her mouth and massaged her head with the ice block.

Within a few minutes, she regained consciousness and blushed with confusion as she saw the crowd around her. Holding her hand I lifted her up and handed her another glass of water. She drank that and her cheeks regained color. I helped her pick up the vegetables that had fallen all around her, hailed an auto at her request, and saw her off.

Activity 3

Write short accounts of the following imaginary incidents :
(i) You saw a man trying to steal someone’s wallet (purse) and caught hold of him.
(ii) A road accident you witnessed.
Answer:
(i) It was at the Bhubaneswar railway station that this happened. I was standing in the queue, nonchalantly like the rest of the others, waiting for my turn at the booking counter. It was around 10 o’clock in the morning. The heat and sweat were making everyone restless. To add to this, persons in the queue were having unnecessary arguments with those trying to bypass the queue and go to the counter.

I was fidgeting with my watch, noting how much time each person’s booking was taking and calculating roughly how much time it would take for my turn to come. Just then a man, handsomely dressed arrived and went straight to the counter. He then asked something to the clerk and stood there. Watching his demeanor, I did not like to ask him to move from the I place and take his place in the queue. Instead, I was admiring his mustache jeans. It looked smart on him.

Suddenly I saw him reach for the wallet in the back pocket of the person, first in the queue. He picked it up and turned back. Spontaneously I shouted out, [ “you thief’ and embraced him in a hug. He threw it on the floor and feigned ignorance about it. However, everyone had seen him throw it and so he was caught red-handed. Meanwhile, hearing the commotion the railway police arrived and arrested him.

(ii) It was a Sunday morning, 7.00 a.m. I was off on my bicycle to IRC village to buy vegetables from the Gandhi Market. I was on the road that runs parallel to the National Highway in Jaydev Vihar. All of a sudden a mini truck sped past me, raising a lot of dust. It immediately turned left to go onto the highway taking the mud track road. Just before it reached the highway, there was a loud thud. The four wheels of the truck had fallen into the ditch that had been recently dug to make a drain along the highway.

The driver did not know this and had taken that track to reach the highway. He was unfortunate. The four wheels were deep in the ditch and the truck’s back had been thrown up into the air with the rear tires hanging and wheeling. I rushed to the spot. The driver had escaped unhurt but the cleaner was lying unconscious in the driver’s cabin. We quickly brought him out through the open door of the truck. Pieces of glass had pierced his cheeks and forehead. He was bleeding profusely. The driver hailed a taxi and took him immediately to the hospital.

Activity 4

The Prime Minister is to visit Bhubaneswar next week and the following is the tour program. Write a short account of the planned tour, using the points below.
10.0 am : arrival by a special Air Force plane.
10.10 a.m.: reception by the Chief Minister at the airport.
10.30 a.m.: meeting at the State Secretariat; discussion with the Chief Minister
11.30 a.m.: meeting with party workers.
12.30 p.m.: lays the foundation of the Software Technology Park.
1.0 p.m. : meeting the press.
2.0 p.m. : lunch at Raj Bhavan.
3.0 p.m. : return to Delhi.
Answer:
The Prime Minister arrives at the Biju Pattanaik Airport at 10.00 a.m. sharp by the special Air Force plane. He is to be received there by the Chief Minister and other Cabinet Colleagues. After this, he heads straight for the Secretariat where he discusses relief measures granted by the World Bank and other funding agencies for the cyclone-affected area. After this, at 11.30 p.m.

he reaches the B.J.B. party office to meet party workers. There he discusses organizational elections. At 12.30 p.m. he reaches the site for the Software Technology Park and lays its foundation stone. Following this, he attends a press conference organized by the BBSR Press Club. At 2.00 p.m. he has lunch with the Governor at the Raj Bhavan. At 3.00 he once again boards the plane to leave for Delhi.

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Invitation to English 3 Solutions Writing a Paragraph Textbook Activity Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class English Writing a Paragraph

A. Form And Function Of A Paragraph

A paragraph is a carefully and deliberately ordered arrangement of sentences built around a central theme or topic. Every paragraph should have a central theme either started in general terms in one sentence and reinforced by other sentences or implied when all the sentences are taken together. In short, a good paragraph comprises unity, order and organization.

Example
The octopus is one of the strangest creatures in the world. The octopus has eight long arms or tentacles round its head. Each tentacle has two rows of suckers along its length. The tentacles of the common octopus are less than one metre long. The tentacles of the largest octopuses are as long as 4.5 metres. The five sentences in the paragraph above contain five pieces of information. These five pieces are related on some way; otherwise, they would not be in the same paragraph.

Secondly, they are put together for a particular purpose: to describe the strange creature called the ‘octopus’. The opening sentence states the central theme of the paragraph in general terms. This is followed by five particular statements, all of them in support of the general statement. We should notice, again, the order in which the sentences are arranged. If we try to rearrange the sentences in any other order, we shall find that they do not add up to a satisfactory paragraph. In short, we must remember the most important principle, “One point, one paragraph”.

Activity 1

Each group of sentences below belong to a paragraph, but they are not in the proper order. Rewrite them in their correct order to form a coherent paragraph.

Question 1.
(a) The day is not far off when there will be regular space-flights to these planets.
(b) He is now planning to travel to Venus and back.
(c) Man has already been to the moon.
Answer:
Man has already been to the moon. He is now planning to travel to Venus and back. The day is not far off when there wil be regular space-flights to these planets.

Question 2.
(a) They can also act in indirect ways – by refusing to buy products made from rare animals, and by compelling law-makers to pass sound conservation legislation.
(b) People can help protect wildlife in simple, direct ways.
(c) They can join forces with other citizens in supporting organisations that are devoted to the cause of preserving nature and wildlife.
(d) They can maintain a bird feeding station, confine family dogs at night, or put a bell on the cat.
Answer:
People can help protect wildlife in simple, direct ways. They can maintain bird feeding station, confine family dogs at night, or put a bell on the cat. They can also act in indirect ways – by refusing to buy products made from rare animals, and by compelling laW-makers to pass sound conservation legislation. They can join forces with other citizens in supporting organisations that are devoted to the cause of preserving nature and wild life.

Question 3.
(a) The third runs across the south of Europe and North Africa into the middle of Asia.
(b) There are several other much smaller fault lines, but these three are the main ones.
(c) The first runs along the east coast of the Asian continent down to the west coast of North America.
(d) There are three large regions in the world where earthquakes are most likely to happen.
(e) The second runs down the west coast of South America.
Answer:
There are three large regions in the world where earthquakes are most likely to happen. The first runs along the east coast of the Asian continent down to the west coast of North America. The second runs down the west coast of South America. The third runs across the south of Europe and North Africa into the middle of Asia. There are several other much smaller fault lines, but these three are the main ones.

Question 4.
(a) But then it was discovered how paper could be prepared from wood-pulp.
(b) Paper was first made in AD 105 by a China man, Tsai Lun.
(c) Until the mid 1805 most paper was hand-made from rags or from grasses.
(d) He discovered that certain plant materials could be broken down into fibres and pressed into a sheet which made a good writing material.
Answer:
Paper was first made in AD 105 by a China man, Tsai Lun. He discovered that certain plant materials could be broken down into fibres and pressed into a sheet which made a good writing material. Until the mid 1805 most paper was hand-made from rags or from grasses. But then it was discovered how paper could be prepared from wood-pulp.

Activity 2

You will find below, in (a), (b) and (c), some advertisements. The sentences in these advertisements have been jumbled up. Re-arrange them in the proper order.

Question (a)
(i) Silver sterilisation inhibits the growth of bacteria with its oligodynamic effect.
(ii) Yes, AMP is 100% safe, pure drinking water.
(iii) Acqua Minerale Pura (AMP) is purified water, passed through multiple filters and treated with the special Italian process of silver sterilisation.
Answer:
Yes, AMP is 100% safe, pure drinking water. Acqua Minerale Pura (AMP) is purified water, passed through multiple filters and treated with the special Italian process of silver sterilisation. Yes, AMp is 100% safe, pure drinking water. Silver sterilisation inhibits the growth of bacteria with its oligodynamic effect.

Question (b)
(i) Your hair will stay healthy and beautiful.
(ii) Use, Neo-Karpin Hair Vitaliser regularly each morning one hour before your bath.
(iii) Use it also before going to bed.
Answer:
Use, Neo-Karpin Hair Vitaliser regularly each morning one hour before your bath. Use it also before going to bed. Your hair will stay healthy and beautiful.

Question (c)
(i) It gently smooths away premature wrinkles and firms your skin.
(ii) Qadil Cucumber Face Pack gives your skin a youthful and firm look.
(iii) It also nourishes your skin with proteins and vitamins.
(iv) Finally, it leaves the skin soft to the touch.
Answer:
Qadir Cucumber Face Pack gives your skin a youthful and firm look. It gently smooths away premature wrinkles and firms your skin. It also nourishes your skin with proteins and vitamins. Finally, it leaves the skin soft to the touch.

1.2 Topic Sentence

The sentence starting with the central theme of the paragraph is called a topic sentence.
Example :
The life cycle of a virus consists of two phases. The first is extracellular. This means that the virus lives outside the cell. The second is intracellular and this means that the virus lives inside the cell where it reproduces. Here the first sentence, “The life cycle of a virus consists of two phases” is the central theme of the paragraph and hence it is called the topic sentence. Within the paragraph, the topic sentence can be
(a) in the beginning
(b) at the end
(c) in the middle
(d) split and placed in two places
(e) implicit where the main idea is distributed over a number of sentences. Let us now see some paragraphs containing topic sentences at different places within them. When it comes towards the end, it usually serves as a climax.

Activity 3

Now, pick out the topic sentences in paragraphs II and III, and write their outlines.

Occasionally, the topic sentence can come in the middle of the paragraph. In such a case, the paragraph shows a contrast between two ideas. Read the following paragraph and its outlines.
¹Traditionally we have tended to think of meat, dairy produce and eggs, as the normal protein supplements to our diet. ²Peas, beans, lentils and other grains and vegetables are regarded as cheaper alternatives. ³It may come as a surprise to many to learn that in fact, the humble beans and lentils in our diet are richer in protein content than the products in the first category (meat and dairy). ⁴For example, cheese contains about 25 per cent protein, beef and lamb about 14 per cent, and pork, chicken and eggs about 11 per cent. ⁵In comparison, grains contain 20 to 40 per cent, depending on the variety.

Sentence  1	:	traditional belief	meat, dairy products and eggs considered normal sources of protein.
Sentence  2	:	traditional belief	peas, beans, lentils, etc. considered cheaper alternatives (sources of protein)
Sentence  3	:	a surprising fact	beans, etc. are richer in proteins than meat etc. (Topic sentences)
Sentence  4	:	supporting examples	cheese has 25% (etc.)
Sentence  5	:	further examples	beans have 40%

Answer:
Topic sentence :
Traditionally, we have tended to think of meat, dairy produce and eggs as the normal protein supplements to our diet.

¹Primarily democracy is the conviction that there are extraordinary possibilities in ordinary people, and that if we throw wide the doors of opportunity so that all boys and girls can bring out the best that is in them, we will get amazing results from unlikely sources. ²Shakespeare was the son of a bankrupt butcher and a woman who could not write her name. ³Beethoven was the son of a consumptive mother, herself daughter of a cook and a drunken father. ⁴Schubert was the son of a peasant father and mother who had been in domestic service. ⁵Faraday, one of the greatest scientific experimenters of all time, was bom in a stable, his father an invalid blacksmith and his mother a common drudge. ⁶Such facts as these underlie democracy. ⁷That is why, with all its discouraging blunders, we must everlastingly believe in it.

Sentence 1	:	Democracy defined + its primary benefits	Topic sentence (first half)
Sentence 2	:	Example	Shakespeare
Sentence 3	:	Example	Beethoven
Sentence 4	:	Example	Schubert
Sentence 5	:	Example	Faraday
Sentence 6	:	A transitional sentence preparing us	for the conclusion
Sentence 7	:	Writer’s conclusion	Topic sentence (second half)

Answer:
Topic sentence :
(i) Primarily democracy is the conviction that there are extraordinary possibilities in ordinary people, and that if we throw wide the doors of opportunity so that all boys and girls can bring out the best that is in them, we will get amazing results from unlikely sources.
(ii) That is why, with all its discouraging blunders, we must everlastingly believe in it.

Activity 4

Read the paragraph below and write its central idea.
It arrived at 5.00 a.m. after a sleepless night, spent thinking about questions I wanted to ask Guruji. He told me, to sit in the lotus posture and to look into his eyes without blinking. He put his hand on my chest and told me to concentrate there. As soon as he touched me, I felt as if an electrical current was passing through me. I lost consciousness. When I regained consciousness, I found that I had my head on the lap of Guruji and that he had kept his hand on my chest. Guruji told me to remember this experience but not to tell these things publicly anybody.
The central idea :
The disciple’s interaction with his Guruji, his extraordinary experience in response to the Guruji’s touch on his body and Guruji’s instruction to him to keep the fact a secret.

Activity 5

Find the topic sentences of the following paragraphs. Underline them. Then write on the margin the supporting details in single words or short phrases.

Question 1
¹Friction creates many problems for the designers of automobile engines. ²First, friction wastes energy and reduces the power produced by the engine. ³Secondly, friction creates heat, which can lead to over-heating of the engine and jam up the moving parts. ⁴Thirdly, frictions lead to excessive wear and tear of the engine.
Answer:
Topic sentence :
Friction creates many problems for the designers of automobile engines. It leads to wear and tear of the engines.

Question 2
¹In Europe, in pre-historic times, people used to tame and keep wolves as hunting companions. ²The Ancient Babylonians tamed hyenas for the same purpose. ³The Egyptians considered cats to be sacred animals but used them to kill mice and rats in their granaries. ⁴People in the Middle Ages tamed falcons and other birds of prey and used them to hunt. ⁵The keeping of animals as pets has gone on since the earliest times.
Answer:
Topic sentence :
The keeping of animals as pets has gone on since the earliest times.
This paragraph has the following points :

Sentence 1	:	Pre-historic Europe	Wolves used as hunting companions.
Sentence 2	:	Ancient Babylon	Hyenas used as hunting companions.
Sentence 3	:	Egyptians	Considered rats sacred but used them to kill mice and rats in granaries.
Sentence 4	:	Middle Ages	Used Falcons and other preying birds for hunting.
Sentence 5	:	Animals kept as pets from earliest times.

Question 3
¹Most people think of science merely as a servant which can make their lives easier. ²Science adds to the wealth of nations and creates better living conditions. ³This may be true. ⁴But science is more than that. ⁵The history of science shows that it does not simply better the old; it sometimes upsets the old. ⁶It does not merely add new truths to the old ones, but sometimes the new truths it discovers destroy some part of the old truths and thereby upsets the way of men’s thinking and living.
Answer:
Main idea :
The historv of science shows that it does not simplv better the old : but it sometimes upsets the old.

Sentence 1	:	Common idea about science	It is a servant which makes people’s lives easier.
Sentence 2	:	Supporting detail	Science adds to the wealth of nations and creates better living conditions.
Sentence 3	:	Confirming propositions of sentence 1 and 2	This may be true
Sentence 4	:	Introducing another proposition	But science is more than that.
Sentence 5	:	Main idea introduced	Science simply does not better the old; it sometimes upsets the old.
Sentence 6	:	Elaboration of main idea	Not only adds new truths but such new truths destroy parts of the old truths which upset men’s way of thinking and lilving.

Question 4.
The Youth Hostel movement has, during the last half-century, contributed to international understanding and racial equality. One of the principles embodied in the constitution of the International Youth Hostel Federation (IIHF) is that in the hostels ‘there shall be no distinctions of race, nationality, colour, religion, class or political opinion.’ In the 4363 Youth Hostels of the world, the young men and women of the world meet and make friends. Making no distinction between the rich and the poor, the white and the coloured, the conservative and the radical, young people from all parts of the world share their experiences in an atmosphere of informality and friendliness. In these hostels, equality and brotherhood are practised in a real sense, and mutual understanding and trust are fostered.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
The Youth Hostel movement has, during the last half-century, contributed to international understanding and racial equality.

Sentence 1	:	One of the principles enshrined in its constitution	No discriminations in the hostels, irrespective of race or nationality.
Sentence 2	:	Fact        Meeting of the young men and women of the world and	meeting friends in the 4364 youth hostels of the world takes place.
Sentence 3	:	Details	Young people from all over the world share their experiences in a coordial atmosphere. No distinction between the rich and the poor, the white and coloured, the conservative and radical is marked.
Sentence 4	:	Hallmark of these hostels	Practising equality and brotherhood in word and spirit and fostering mutual understanding and trust.

Question 5
Just after sunset, when all our work was over, I wanted to eat an apple. I went on deck, I got into the apple barrel, but all these apples had been finished. I sat down there in the dark and the motion of the Hispaniola (name of a ship) made me feel sleepy. I was closing my eyes in sleep when a heavy man sat down close by the apple barrel. I was about to jump up when the man began to speak. It was John Silver. Before I had heard a dozen words, I was trembling with fear. I prayed they would not discover me because Silver’s dozen words told me that all our lives were in danger. Only I knew it, the only I could warm them before it was too late.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
Just after sunset, when all our work was over. I wanted to eat an apple.

Sentence 2	:	The narrator’s interest to fulfil his wish	Entered the apple barel, but no apple.
Sentence 3	:	Result	Sitting there in the dark, felt sleepy, the presence of a heavy man by the apple barrel
Sentence 4	:	Result	The narrator’s readiness to jump; he heard the man speak
Sentence 5	:	Identify that person	John Silver.
Sentence 6	:	John Silver’s utterance and impact on the narrator	Became fear-stricken.
Sentence 7	:	The narrator’s prayer and its reason	Failure to discover me, Silver’s dozen words were indicative of their danger
Sentence 8	:	Reason	He alone knew it to warn them soon.

Question 6
There are many reasons why the Korowai people build their huts high up among the trees. If a rival clan attacks, the women, children and the old men can climb to safety while the warriors fight it out on the ground. The mosquitoes cannot fly so high and the air up there is cooler. Lastly from the verandahs of their huts the Korawais can shoot arrows at birds flying by and also keep watch on their plantations, where they grow many types of bananas and sweet potatoes.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
There are many reasons why the Korowai people build their huts high up among the trees.
1. Security to all in the face of rival attack
2. Free from mosquito-bite
3. Close watch on their plantations

Question 7
On my way home from work yesterday evening, I saw a small boy standing outside a door struggling to reach the door bell. “Here let me help you”, I said pressing the door bell for him. “Thanks, mister” said the small boy, starting to run away. “But do not stand there, you will get caught, “he added as he disappeared down the road.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
On my way home from work yesterday evening, I saw a small boy standing outside a door struggling to reach the door bell.
1. The narrator’s help
2. The boy’s delight
3. The latter’s caution to the former
4. The boy’s disappearance

Question 8
When the motor car was first introduced, it was a clumsy, noisy machine that laboured along the street at a pace no faster than that of a trotting horse. People looked at it with suspicion and fear. Since then, the motor car has come a long way and is today a combination of beauty, luxury and efficiency. The modem automobile, sleek and streamlined with its brilliant colours, is almost a work of art. You can travel in it in absolute comfort at an incredible speed, and yet feel no fatigue at the end of the journey. The engine is a masterpiece of mechanical ingenuity and seldom lets you down if you maintain it in good condition.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
The motor car is today a combination of beauty, luxury and efficience.

S.1	:	when introduced it was a clumsy noisy machine and was only as fast as a horse.	–
S.2	:	Its original image:	viewed with suspicion and fear.
S.3	:	Its modern image:	a combination of beauty, luxury and efficiency.
S.4	:	Its beauty (detail to support S: 3)	considered a work of art.
S.5	:	The luxury it provides: (detail to support S: 3)	can travel in absolute comfort, incredible speed without feeling tired over long distances.
S.6	:	Its efficiency: (detail to support s: 3)	a masterpiece of mechanical ingenuity which never lets anyone down if properly maintained.

Question 9
Air pollution affects our health in many ways. Large quantities of smoke and other particles in the air can cause lung-diseases including cancer. Sulphur dioxide, in particular, causes serious damage to the respiratory system. Besides, other pollutants present in the air can cause skin infections as well as infections of the eyes.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
Air pollution affects our health in many ways.
Sentence 2 : Example 1 : Smoke and other particles cause lung diseases including cancer.
Sentence 3 : Example 2 : Sulphur dioxide causes serious respiratory problems.
Sentence 4 : Example 3 : Other pollutants cause skin as well as eye infections.

Question 10
‘In their natural habitat animals face different hazards, such as diseases, storms, fires and floods. 2They may also be hunted by men or attacked by predators. 3This results in their natural life span being cut short prematurely. 4If we want to find out about the longevity of animals, the best way is to study them in captivity, in zoos, protected animal parks, etc. ‘
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
If we want to find out about the longevity of animals, the best way is to study them in captivity, in zoos, protected animal parts, etc.
Sentence 1 : Fact 1 : Animals face hazards like diseases, storms, fires and floods in their natural habitat.
Sentence 2 : Fact 2 : They may also be hunted or attacked by predators in their natural habitat.
Sentence 3 : Consequence : Their natural life span is thus cut short prematurely.

Activity 6

Use the following sentences as topic sentences in paragraphs of your own.
(a) We wear clothes for various reasons.
(b) Trees are our best friends.
(c) Smoking should be banned.
(d) Most of the traffic accidents can be prevented.
(e) English should be made optional in schools.
Answer:
(a) People wear clothes for many reasons. The basic reason for wearing clothes arose from the need to cover up one’s nakedness. This first happened when God killed an animal and used its skin to cover up the nakedness of Adam and Eve. Since then man has used animal skin as clothes. Another fundamental reason arose from the need to keep oneself warm, to preserve one’s body-heat. Today, however clothes have become a necessity for one’s personality. More and more people are changing clothes in pace with the changing fashions, entirely forgetting the original intentions with which clothes were worn by people.

(b) Trees are our best friends. They provide us with shade, food and with wood for lighting fires and building houses. They also help in causing rain and prevent the top soil from being eroded by the wind. Through them we produce papers on which we write; chairs and tables which make and use as our furniture and even coffins to bury our dead in. Above all, they are the reason for which we continue to breathe oxygen and enjoy the beauty of the environment. Thus from birth to death trees stand by us thereby proving to be our best friends.

(c) Smoking is injurious to health. This warning is given on every cigarette pack and tells us how great a hazard it is. Yet numerous people smoke tobacco and endanger their lives. Even the fact that smoking causes such dangerous disease as cancer does not deter people. Victims of smoking do not only hurt themselves, they effect a chain reaction whereby others too are affected by it. Hospitals have to nurse them back to health and the expense towards this is borne by the government and the institution which the person works for.

Besides this it affects the smoker’s family. Sometimes it leaves them without a bread earner causing untold misery. Besides this, smokers are a greater danger to non-smokers. When a smoker breathes out smoke, it is a more potent poison since carbon-dioxide is added to it. Thus non-smokers are more often than not forced to become passive smokers and they too can fall into the pit that the smoker will eventually fall. Hence smoking should not only be banned in public, it should be totally banned because the social and economic price to be paid for allowing smoking is too high.

(d) The rapid rise of the number of vehicles on the roads are the cause of many accidents which can be prevented through several steps. First of all lane driving must be introduced so that heavy vehicles and light vehicles are driven in separate lanes. Secondly, traffic signals must be constructed at important points and crossroads in the city and these must be manned and monitored by traffic policemen. Thirdly, public awareness of traffic rules and regulation must be raised. Finally these rules and regulations must be strictly enforced by the police with exemplary punishment meted out to the offenders. Such steps can only prevent traffic accidents.

(e) When a student passes out from school and joins college, he seldom understands what his teacher is teaching because he is not proficient in English. In almost all the states of India, the medium of instruction in Higher Education is English. This is especially true of technical and professional courses. Moreover, most of the books, whether they belong to Science or Humanities, Medical or Engineering, Veterinary Science or Agriculture and Forestry or vocational course, are all written in English.

This makes it necessary for student to know English. In addition, as both Gandhi and Nehru point out, English is the language used in international commerce and diplomacy and that it contains some of the richest treasures of literature. All these are very good reasons why English should be made compulsory in schools so that when entering the portals of Higher Education they are competent in skills.

Activity 7

Question (a)
Imagine that you are on the beach at Puri, enjoying a view of the sea. Note down the things you see and write a descriptive paragraph, to form a part of a letter to be written to a friend who has never seen the sea. You can start either with distant things or the things nearest to you.
Answer:

Bhubaneswar
10 October, 20

Dear Prafulla,
I received your letter yesterday. It was really surprising to hear from you after such a long time. Your description of Ooty and the Nilgiris was fascinating. From your letter it is obvious that you greatly enjoyed your vacations there. We too had been on a holiday to Puri. Though Puri is not such an exotic place as Ooty, I had a good time there. All of us had put up at Panth Nivas right on the beach.

Early every morning, I and Reena used to run off to the beach to watch the sunrise. The beach is not crowded then and it is wonderful to smell and feel the fresh morning air. The beach is extremely clean now and for the most part untrodden by people. One can see everywhere waste matter brought onto the beach by the night tide. These all form a meandering line on the sand as left by the wave.

There are pieces of wood, rubber, plastic, a slipper, and all kinds of small shells. I even noticed a dead Jelly fish lying with all its entrails uncovered. Besides there are plenty of small crabs butting in an out of one-inch holes. They quickly disappear into the safety of their holes as one approaches them. The sea itself seems calm and quiet, with waves splashing on to the sand, murmuring softly as it were and spraying its foam into the air majestically.

It is really a beautiful sight. Moreover, just before sunrise, one can see fishermen, naked except for loin- clothes, skilfully pushing their catamaran across the waves and then boarding it to go out fishing in the deep. Far away there are boats with their sails up and the whole scene looks greatly picturesque. Further the sea seems to extend up to as far as the eye can see.

The further one tries to see the more does one’s eyes become misty and the sky seems to touch the water. Right at one corner, a ball of fire rises suddenly, resplendent in its beauty and casting a red shadow on the waters. It showly rises from the waters and rests in the sky, now shining, brightly and freshly.
I think I should stop here. Please write back.
With Love,
Sushil.

Question (b)
Write a recipe, in the form of step-by-step instructions, on how to cook a pot of rice.
Answer:
Take the required amount of rice and clean it with water. Meanwhile take water which is double the volume of rice and boil it. When this water boils, add the cleaned rice to it. Cook over fire till the rice is cooked soft. After this drain the water from the pot till no water is left. One can also place the rice over a metal sieve so that the water is drained off and only dry rice is left behind. The rice is now ready for serving.

Question (c)
Write a paragraph to form a part of a letter to a friend telling him about a study tour of Orissa that you undertook last week with your classmates under the supervision of a teacher.
Steps
(i) Prepare a date-wise account of the places you visited and what you saw and did at each place.
(ii) Based on these notes, write a short paragraph to form a part of the letter.
(iii) You may begin your paragraph with the following sentence : Last week I took part in a study tour to
Answer:
20.6.20 :
Arrived at Bhubaneswar by train. Lodged at Yatri Nivas
21.6.20 :
Started at 6.00 am for Konark temple. Saw temple. Left at 10.30 for Puri. Had lunch at Panth Nivas, Puri at 12.00 noon. Went to Jagannath Temple. Participated in puja. Brought sovenirs from shops in front of Temple. Went to the beach. Had coffee and snacks there. Bought conches. Returned to BBSR.
22.6.20 :
Started out for Khandagiri / Udayagiri caves by 9.00 a.m. Had a hill top view of BBSR from Udayagiri. Studied the habits of Buddhist monks. Left for Nandankanan at 11.00 a.m. Reached at 12.00 noon. Had lunch at OTDC restaurant. Went to the zoo. Went boating. Returned at 5.00 p.m. Boarded East Cost at 7.30 p.m.

Hyderabad
30 June, 20

Dear Mitali,
Thanks a lot for writing to me. I am glad that you enjoyed your trip to Ooty. I knew the change of place would do you good and improve your spirits. Anyway, you must be eager to know what I did during the holidays. Well, you will be surprised. Last week I took part in a study tour to Orissa. Of course we did not visit all of Orissa but we visited what is called the “Golden Triangle” Puri, Konark and Bhubaneswar.

It was a hectic tour no doubt, but I thoroughly enjoyed it. On 19th we left for BBSR by Falaknamma arrived there on 20th and lodged at Yatri Nivas. Since the train was rather late; we did not go out anywhere that night. Instead we took the much needed rest. The following day, however we went straight to the Konark Temple.

What a beauty it was ! statues of dancers, devadasis depicting intercourse decorated the temple walls. But the wheels were marvellous. They had unimaginably skilled intricate work. We took a number of snaps and then travelled to Puri where we had lunch at the Panth Nivas and then visited the Jagannath Temple. There I and others of our group participated in Puja, ate prasad and sought the blessing of the Lord. After this, I bought some brass sovenirs in shops in front of the temple. Then we went off to the beach, had coffee and snacks at a restaurant and sat on the sand, building castles and occasionally running off to wet our legs in the sea.

We returned to Bhubaneswar at 10.00 The following day on 22.06.20 , we visited the Khandagiri and Udayagiri caves. We tried to delve back into history thinking of the past when Buddhist monks sat in meditation here. After this we visited Nandankanan. Everything seemed in disarray there in the aftermath of the cyclone. All animals looked diseased. However, we enjoyed our boating. By 5.00 we came back to Yatri Nivas where we washed and refreshed ourselves. That night we boarded the East Coast for Hyderabad once more. The tour was greatly enjoyed by everyone. I hope you had accompanied us.
Do write back.
With Love,
Snigdha.

Activity 8

Study the following paragraph and replace the appropriate noun phrases by pronouns so as to make the paragraph a coherent one. The first one has been answered as an example. There are seven more. Human beings are destroying their environment. It is ironic how people pollute people’s (their) surroundings and then go to great pains to clean up the messes that people have made. A cheap method of getting rid of industrial wastes is to dump the wastes into rivers or lakes. The result of such intrusion into nature is the death of many forms of life in and around the waters. Only when the pollution reaches the people’s reservoirs, however, do people figure that the time has come to clean up the people’s environment. Then people create a series of expensive projects to restore the water to the water’s original purity. Of course, the cheapest and most effective way to get clean water is not to pollute the water in the first place.
Answer:
Human beings are destroying their environment. It is ironic how people pollute people’s (their) surroundings and then go to great pains to clean up the messes that they have made. A cheap method of getting rid of industrial wastes is to dump them into rivers or lakes. The result of such intrusion into nature is the death of many forms of life in and around the waters. Only when the pollution reaches the peopled reservoirs, however, do they figure that the time has come to clean up the their environment. Then they create a series of expensive projects to restore the water to its original purity. Of course, the cheapest and most effective way to get clean water is not to pollute it in the first place.

Activity 9

Complete the following paragraph by filling in each blank with the right connective from the list.
(and, but, because, on the other hand, which)
(1)     (2)      (3)           (4)                         (5)
In the recent craze about the seven wonders of the world, we looked at buildings made of stone and clay. __________ there are seven other wonders, those of the inner world, _____________ are present in all human beings. They are the seven vices : lust, anger, greed, attachment, ego, jealousy and laziness. These are wonders _____________ they take us away from our.original virtuous self. They lead us into an unreal world of short living pleasure _____________ take us away from Truth. ___________ , if these are conquered, the earth becomes a wonderful place to live in. Life becomes a wonderful gift.
Answer:
In the recent craze about the seven wonders of the world, we looked at buildings made of stone and clay. But there are seven other wonders, those of the inner world, which are present in all human beings. They are the seven vices : lust, anger, greed, attachment, ego, jealousy and laziness. These are wonders because they take us away from our original virtuous self. They lead us into an unreal world of short living pleasure and take us away from Truth. On the other hand, if these are conquered, the earth becomes a wonderful place to live in. Life becomes a wonderful gift.

Activity 10

Read the following text carefully. In the first paragraph, back reference has been indicated by means of a box and an arrow. Other linking devices in the same paragraph have been boxed. Mark the rest of the text in the same way. SmokingTlwhich 1 may be a pleasure for some people, is a source of serious discomfort for their fellow. [Further,] medical authorities express [their j concern about the effect of smoking on the health not only of those who] smoke but also those who must involuntarily inhale the contribution of smokers to the atmosphere. As you are doubtlessly aware, a considerable number of our students have joined together in an effort to persuade the University to ban smoking in the classrooms. I believe they are entirely right in their aim. However, I would hope that it is possible to achieve this by an appeal to reason and to concern for others rather than by regulation. Smoking is prohibited by city by-laws in theatres and halls used for showing films as well as laboratories where there may be a fire hazard. Elsewhere, it is upto your own good sense. I am therefore asking you to maintain “No Smoking” in the auditorium, classrooms and seminar rooms where you teach. This proof of your interest for their health and well-being is very important to a large number of students.
Answer:
Smoking which may be a pleasure for some people, is a source of serious discomfort for their fellows. Further, medical authorities express their concern about the effect of smoking on the health not only of those who smoke but also those who must involuntarily inhale the contribution of smokers to the atmosphere. As you are doubtlessly aware a considerable number of our students have joined together in an effort to persuade the University to ban smoking in the classrooms.

I believe they are entirely right in their aim. However, I would hope that it is possible to achieve this by an appeal to reason and to concern for others rather than by regulation. Smoking is prohibited by city by-laws in theatres and in halls used for showing films as well as laboratories where there may be a fire hazard. Else where, it is upto your own good sense. I am therefore asking you to maintain “No Smoking” in the auditorium, classrooms and seminar rooms where you teach. This proof of your interest for their health and well-being is very important to a large number of students.

Activity 11

Dear Harish,
Remember that I told you I was trying to get a job at ICTL?
(1) __________, I finally managed to get one! Of course, I haven’t been working there long, (2) ____________ I can already tell that it’s a wonderful place to
work. All the staff, (3) ___________ the directors, are very friendly with everybody, and (4) ___________, they have marvellous facilities for the employees. (5) _________, there’s a bar and a gym, and lots of other things. I’m called the Safety Equipment Officer. It may sound like an impressive title, but it’s not a very accurate description of what I do. My main job is to provide protective clothing, (6) ___________ overalls, helmets, and so on. I estimate what the different departments will need, and (7) ____________ I order it from the suppliers. (8) __________ I make sure that the various departments have everything they want. (9) ____________, stationery is also my responsibility. (10) ____________, I have to supply all the offices with paper, envelopes, and so on. I find the job very interesting (11) _____________ I get a chance to go all over the factory and to meet everybody. (12) ___________ the pay is a lot better than in my old job.
(13) _____________ that’s my news. What about yours? Drop me a line when you have time. Regards to your family, and best wishes to you.
Yours truly,
Tarun

	(a)	(b)	(c)
1.	Then	Well	And
2.	but	because	so
3.	until	and	even
4.	so	what’s more	on the other hand
5.	For instance	However	Even
6.	however	in fact	such as
7.	then	after	so
8.	By the way	Anyway	In this way
9.	Indeed	Moreover	But
10.	Secondly	In other words	Also
11.	why	because	then
12.	Besides	But	On the other hand
13.	At the end	Anyway	After all

Answer:
(1) Well, (2) but, (3) even, (4) what’s more, (5) For instance, (6) such as, (7) then, (8) In this way, (9) Moreover, (10) In other words, (11) because, (12) Besides, (13) Anyway.

Activity 12

Each of the following sentences has a blank where there should be a linking word or phrase. Put an appropriate linking device in each blank so that the relation between the two statements is made clear.
(i) The pay and conditions are very good. ____________ , it’s only five minutes’ walk from where I live.
(ii) I didn’t apply for the job ____________ I didn’t think I had much chance of getting it.
(iii) A lot of professional groups, ________________ doctors and lawyers, have strong associations that protect their members’ rights.
(iv) The hours are short, the pay’s excellent, and the people I work with are very nice. ____________, it’s a great job.
(v) You may think it’s boring, ___________ it’s really very interesting.
(vi) All my relatives were at the wedding, ___________ my cousins from Australia.
(vii) At first I didn’t feel happy with so much responsibility. ____________ , now I feel quite confident that I can manage.
(viii) There are several things that make it a nice place to live in. ____________ , there’s a park right across the road.
Answer:
(i) The pay and conditions are very good. Besides, it’s only five minutes’ walk from where I live.
(ii) I didn’t apply for the job anyway I didn’t think I had much chance of getting it.
(iii) A lot of professional groups, such as. doctors and lawyers, have strong associations that protect their members’ rights.
(iv) The hours are short, the pay’s excellent, and the people I work with are very nice. In other words, it’s a great job.
(v) You may think it’s boring, but it’s really very interesting.
(vi) All my relatives were at the wedding, even my cousins from Australia.
(vii) At first I didn’t feel happy with so much responsibility. But, now I feel quite confident that I can manage.
(viii) There are several things that make it a nice place to live in. What’s more, there’s a park right across the road.

Activity 13

What is wrong in the following paragraphs ?
Machines have turned human society from an agrarian one into an I industrial one. Today in countries like the USA, the UK and Japan, only a small section of the population is engaged in agriculture, industry forms the basis of the life and progress of these nations. Machines have also changed the life of the individual in many ways. Life at home has been made more comfortable, and the drudgery of household work has been removed. People travel to schools and offices in buses or trains, and spend their evenings in – amusements made possible by machine civilization.
Answer:
The first paragraph is actually two paragraphs combined into one.
(i) Machines have turned human society from an agrarian one into an industrial one. Today in countries like the USA, the UK and Japan, only a small section of the population is engaged in agriculture. Industry forms the basis of the life and progress of these nations.
(ii) Machines have also changed the life of the individual in many ways. Life at home has been made more comfortable, and the drudgery of household work has been removed. People travel to schools and offices in buses or trains, and spend their evenings in amusements made possible by machine civilization. The twentieth century is the age of machines. From the time the . Industrial Revolution began in Europe, man’s life has been changing in many ways. At first the change was slow. But in the second half of the nineteenth century there was an increase in the rate of mechanization and as a result, life began to change more quickly. During the last fifty years, machines of all kinds have become part of our daily life and have transformed it in the most incredible manner.
Answer:
This passage is also two passages combined into one. There is no justification to have two paragraphs because it speaks of the same thing of machines.

Activity 14

Find out the reasons for the lack of unity in the following paragraphs, and rewrite each paragraph so that it has unity.

Question 1
In their eating habits goats are often very destructive. The famous Swiss scientist, Karl Vogt, says that the goat does more harm to the forests than any other animal. Goat’s milk is highly valued in many places and is often used to make cheese. It is inadvisable, therefore, to let goats run at large where valuable green things are growing. They will eat even the barks of trees.
Answer:
In their eating habits goats are often very destructive. They will eat even the barks of trees. The famous Swiss scientist, Karl Vogt, says that the goat does more harm to the forests than any other animal. It is inadvisable, therefore, to let goats run at large where valuable green things are growing. Here the sentence, “Goat’s milk is highly valued in many places and is often used to make cheese.” is irrelevant in the context of the topic. Hence this passage lack unity.

Question 2
In most vertebrates, limbs that have been lost will not grow again. If large masses of tissues are destroyed, new tissues will not take their place. Some new tissues will, of course, appear on the site of the injury, but they serve rather as a protection to the remaining tissues than as a replacement. But plants are superior to animals in this regard : they can repair their damaged tissues very efficiently and can often replace lost parts.
Answer:
(i) In most vertebrates, limbs that have been lost will not grow again. But plants are superior to animals in this regard : they can repair their damaged tissues very efficiently and can often replace lost parts.
(ii) If large masses of tissues are destroyed, new tissues will not take their place. Some new tissues will, of course, appear on the site of the injury, but they serve rather as a protection to the remaining tissues than as a replacement. Thus the paragraph is actually two paragraphs combined into one.

Question 3
The most memorable day in my life is the day the President of India shook my hand and handed me the Young Scientist of 1987 Award. There was loud applause from the packed hall. Many cameras including the TV cameras clicked and I was in a pool of light. I felt that the long hours I spent in my little laboratory in the midst of grumblings from my family who wanted me to help them with housework have been rewarded. I could not withhold my tears when I saw my father, husband and sisters, sitting in the front row, wiping their tears of joy. I am a scientist.
Answer:
The most memorable day in my life is the day the President of India shook my hand and handed me the Young Scientist of 1987 Award. There was loud applause from the packed hall. Many cameras including the TV cameras clicked and I was in a pool of light. I felt that the long hours I spent in my little laboratory in the midst of grumblings from my family who wanted me to help them with housework have been rewarded. I could not withhold my tears when I saw my father, husband and sisters, sitting in the front row, wiping their tears of joy. If the paragraph begins with the sentence No. 6 “I am a scientist.” it has definitely a unity.

Question 4
‘It is important to keep our forests from being destroyed for cultivation and wood. 2Forests may be of different kinds. 3Forests are essential for maintaining the rate of rainfall and temperature. 4Forests prevent soil erosion and the growth of deserts. 5Forests house a variety of wild animals and birds which will all perish if forests are destroyed. 6The losses – immediate as well long-term-following the destruction of forests are far greater than the paltry financial gain from cultivation and wood.
Answer:
It is important to keep our forests from being destroyed for cultivation and wood. Forests are essential for maintaining the rate of rainfall and temperature. Forests prevent soil erosion and the growth of deserts. Forests house a variety of wild animals and birds which will all perish if forests are destroyed. The losses – immediate as well long-term-following the destruction of forests are far greater than the paltry financial gain from cultivation and wood. Here the passage loses its unity, because the sentence “Forests may be of different kinds.” does not fit into its main idea.

Question 5
What makes a job perfect at one time and undesirable at another is simply change. The change may be in yourself, in the position or in the job market. A job could be perfect for you at this time of your life. But you may some day become totally dissatisfied with the very same job for the simple reason that you have changed. Some jobs are rather easy. You may not consider a high salary as important now as you did a few years ago. You may not be able to travel as much as you used to. A job which you were keen on getting a few years ago may not interest you now simply because you have become older and your system of values has changed. Some young people like jobs that involves a lot of travelling.
Answer:
This paragraph is actually two paragraphs combined into one.
(i) What makes a job perfect at one time and undesirable at another is simply change. The change may be in yourself, in the position or in the job market. A job could be perfect for you at this time of your life. But you may some day become totally dissatisfied with the very same job for the simple reason that you have changed. Some jobs are rather easy.
(ii) You may not consider a high salary as important now as you did a few years ago. You may not be able to travel as much as you used to. A job which you were keen on getting a few years ago may not interest you now simply because you have become older and your system of values has changed. Some young people like jobs that involves a lot of travelling. The passage mentions the same idea – A man’s changing attitude towards a job.

Question 6
Baba, Khaire’s first leopard cub, was brought to his foster father when he was only 15 days old: He had been found in a cattle-shed, deserted by his mother. After Baba had refused milk, prawns, minced meat and fish for two days, Khaire started his ward on Farex and the orphaned cat grew up to be a bonny baby. Leopards are affectionate animals with a remarkable memory and so far they have not been observed to have in them the instinct to kill. They never attack until provoked. Within a year, Baba measured seven feet from nose to tail, and when he attained a body weight of 70 kilos, he had to be tearfully sent off to the zoo. Baba had a passion for cars. He used to love being taken for a drive in a Maruti car.
Question
There are two sentences in this paragraph which are not related to the main idea and distract our attention away from the main idea. Can you spot them ?
Answer:
The two distinct sentences are-
(i) “Leopards are affectionate animals with a remarkable memory and so far they have not been observed to have in them the instinct to kill.”
(ii) They never attack until provoked.

Question 7
Bears are generally good-natured animals, yet there are times when they attack human beings. My aunt hates bears; she says they look ugly. Getting between a mother bear and her cubs is certain to provoke an attack. Some people wear bear skin caps. “They look cute. Acts of cruelty and ill treatment by unthinking persons have often provoked bears in captivity to attack. There are half a dozen brown bears in our zoo. Bears in the wild state are very unpredictable; they may suddenly lose their usual good nature and attack human beings for no apparent reason.
Answer:
In this paragraph there are few irrelevant details. Let us, first, look at the main idea – that bears, through good natured, may attack human beings. Let us now see what each sentence says about this idea. Sentence 2 is about ‘my aunt’ who thinks bears are ugly; it says nothing about the main point. Sentence 3 does give an example of what provokes an attack by a bear, but sentence 4 is about people who wear bear-skin to look pretty – nothing to contribute to the main idea.

Sentence 5 provides an example of what bears in captivity (e.g. in a zoo) may be forced to do, and the last sentence makes a point about wild bears – they are unpredictable. Thus only sentences 3, 5 and 6 belong to the paragraph : the other two add nothing to it and distract the readers’ attention from the main point.

Hence the correct paragraph is :
Bears are generally good-natured animals, yet there are times when they attack human beings. Getting between a mother bear and her cubs is certain to provoke an attack. They look cute. Acts of cruelty and ill treatment by unthinking persons have often provoked bears in captivity to attack.

Question 8
China assured itself of a place in the final six of the men’s basketball tournament today with a 104-48 win over Iraq. After leading 57-36 at half-time it completely shut out Iraquis for most of the second half. In a period of six minutes, China scored 20 points while conceding only two. At no stage did China relax the pressure, though the tallest player, Mu Tich-Chu, played no part in the match. Outstanding for China was Chang Weipink, who was top scorer with 45 points. The Iraquis, though talented, lacked the discipline of their opponents. Their game crumbled in frustration.
Answer:
The paragraph is actually three paragraphs combined into one.
Para – 1:
China assured itself of a place in the final six of the men’s basketball tournament today with a 104-48 win over Iraq.
Para – 2:
After leading 57-36 at half time it completely shut out Iraquis for most of the second half. In one period of six minutes China scored 20 points while conceding only two. At no stage did China relax the pressure, though the tallest player, Mu Tich-Chu, played no part in the match. Outstanding for China was Chang Wei-pink who was top scorer with 45 points.
Para – 3:
The Iraquis though talented, lacked the discipline of their opponents. Their game crumbled in frustration. 9 Once upon a time there was a tree in the forest which had thin, pointed, leaves. It felt sad when it saw the large, green leaves of the other trees swaying and rustling in the wind. The forest was big and there were more than a million trees in it. “How unlucky lam!” it moaned. “If only God gave me leaves of gold, I could stand proud among my neighbours and shine with dazzling brilliance in the Sun.” The next morning the tree stood transformed. It had leaves of gold. It looked around at the other trees and saw how envious they were. But when night fell, a greedy man crept close to the tree and plucked all the golden leaves, put them into a sack and stole away. “Oh, how unlucky I am,” the tree lamented again. “But perhaps I can have leaves made of glass. They will shine brighter than gold and no one will steal them.” ‘°The next morning the tree was again transformed. “When the rays of the sun fell on the tree, they were reflected in all directions. The tree felt proud of its leaves, but that night there was thunder and lightning, and the wind blew violently and shook the tree. A11 its glass leaves were broken. ,4“Bad luck, again,” sighed the tree. “Let me have beautiful green leaves like the other trees, but let me perfumed.” This wish was granted, too, and the next day the whole forest was filled with the sweet smell of its leaves. God was kind to all other trees. But within a few hours, goats from all around the forest gathered, drawn by the pleasant smell, nibbled at the leaves until not a trace of green was left on the tree. How foolish I have been,” said the tree sadly. “My own leaves are best for me, not any other, I’ve learnt my lesson.” The next day the tree stood covered once again with thin, pointed leaves. 20It felt as proud of its own leaves as the other trees felt of theirs.
Answer:
This paragraph is in reality five paragraphs combined into one.
Para – 1:
Once upon a time there was a tree in the forest which had thin, pointed leaves. It felt sad when it saw the large green leaves of the other trees swaying and rustling in the blind. ‘‘How unlucky I am !” it moaned. ‘‘If only God gave me leaves of gold, I could stand proud among my neighbours and shine with dazzling brilliance in the sun.”
Para – 2:
The next morning the tree stood transformed. It had leaves of gold. It looked around at other trees and saw how envious they were. But when night fell, a greedy man kept close to the tree and plucked all the golden leaves, put them into a sack and stole away. “Oh, how unlucky I am,” the tree lamented again. “But perhaps I can have leaves made of glass. They will shine brighter than gold and no one will steal them.”
Para – 3:
The next morning the tree was again transformed. When the rays of the sun fell on the tree, they were reflected in all directions. The tree felt proud of its leaves. But that night there was thunder and lightning, and the wind blew violently and shook the tree. All its glass leaves were broken. “Bad luck, again” sighed the tree. “Let me have beautiful green leaves like other trees, but let them be perfumed.”
Para – 4:
This wish was granted, too, and the next day the whole forest was filled with the sweet smell of its leaves. But within a few hours, goats from all round the forest gathered, drawn by the pleasant smell, and nibbled at the leaves until not a trace of green was left on the tree. “How foolish I have been,” said the tree sadly, “My own leaves are best for me, not any other, I’ve learnt my lesson.”
Para – 5:
The next day the tree stood covered once again with thin, pointed leaves. It felt as proud of its own leaves as the other trees felt of theirs.

Activity 15

Rearrange the sentences in each of the following paragrahs so as to make it meaningful. Indicate the sequence of sentence by their numbers.

Question 1
Then they left the dead body indoors and went out and wandered through the city, with their breasts bare and beating themselves as they walked. A11 the female relatives would join them and do the same. When these ceremonies were over, the body would be carried away to be embalmed. The men, too, would plaster themselves with mud and beat their breasts. As soon as an important personality died, the women of the family plastered their heads with mud. The following is the way in which ancient Egyptians conducted their mourning.
Answer:
6. The following is the way in which ancient Egyptians conducted their mourning.
5. As soon as an important personality died, the women of the family plastered their heads with mud.
4. The men, too, would plaster themselves with mud and beat their breasts.
3. When these ceremonies were over, the body would be carried away to be embalmed.
1. Then they left the dead body indoors and went out and wandered through the city, with their breasts bare and beating themselves as they walked.
2. All the female relatives would join them and do the same.

Question 2
‘Even if we increase the speed of our spacecraft to 200 miles a second (12000 miles per minute) we will need more than 4000 years. 2If we travel at the speed of 20 miles a second (1200 miles a minute) after getting out of the gravitational pull of the earth and the sun, it will take us 4000 years. 3How long will it take us to get to our nearest star?
Answer:
3. How long will it take us to get to our nearest star?
2. If we travel at the speed of 20 miles a second (1200 miles a minute) after getting out of the gravitational pull of the earth and the sun, it will take us 4000 years.
1. Even if we increase the speed of our spacecraft to 200 miles a second (12000 miles per minute) we will need more than 4000 years.

Question 3
When it was found, a French General claimed it as his personal property. Champollion’s work on the Rosetta stone meant that the writing on many ancient Egyptian manuscripts and monuments could be read, and our knowledge of the old civilisation of Egypt was greatly increased. This was done, and the Rosetta stone was taken to England and put in the British Museum, where it still is. The history of the stone is also interesting because it shows the attitude of people and governments to ancient objects in those days. But the British were at war with the French at that time, and when they beat them, they demanded the Rosetta stone and other valuable antiquities should be handed over to them.
Answer:
2. Champollion’s work on the Rosetta stone meant that the writing on many ancient Egyptian manuscripts and monuments could be read, and our knowledge of the old civilisation of Egypt was greatly increased.
4. The history of the stone is also interesting because it shows the attitude of people and governments to ancient objects in those days.
1. When it was found, a French General claimed it as his personal property.
5. But the British were at war with the French at that time, and when they beat them, they demanded the Rosetta stone and other valuable antiquities should be handed over to them.
3. This was done, arid the Rosetta stone was taken to England and put in the British Museum, where it still is.

Study the following paragraph. What type of arrangement does it follow ? Can you rewrite the paragrah by reversing the arrangement ?
The earlitest calendars invented by man were lunar ones,based on the motion of the moon. The Babylonians, for example, had a year of 12 lunar months, which were alternately 29 and 30 days long. Their year was about 11 days short, so they added on extra month every 3 years. This calendar was not accurate over long periods. The Ancient Egyptians established a solar calendar, based on the sun. They split their year of 365 days into 12 months of 30 days, adding 5 days at the end of the year. Next came the early Roman calendar, which was based on the Ancient Egyptian pattern. It altered the number of days in the months to eliminate the extra 5 days.
Answer:
The paragraph follows a time arrangement. Paragraph in reverse order. The earliest calendars were invented by the Romans. Egyptians and the Babylonians. Each of their calendars had a distinct feature. For example, the early Roman calendar changed the number of days in the months to wipe out the extra 5 days; the Egyptians who established solar calendar added 5 days at the end of the year and the Babylonians’ Calendars had 12 lunar months and their year was short of 11 days, and as a result, they added an extra month every 3 years.

Activity 16

Some of these patterns of arrangement can be found in the following paragraphs. Study each of them, underline the topic sentences, and write the principle of arrangement of ideas on the margin.

Question 1
Insecticides are substances toxic* to insects and are used to control them but in some situations they can cause harm to men, domestic animals, or crops. There are three main kinds of insecticides : stomach insecticides which are eaten by the insects along with food, contact insecticides which get into blood through the skin, and fumigant insecticides which the insects breathe in. While all insecticides are harmful, the stomach insecticides are the most harmful, and should be used very carefully. [*toxic = poisonous]
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
Insecticides are substances toxic to insects and are used to control them but in some situations they can cause harm to men, domestic animals, or crops.
Sentence 2 :
classification and Exemplification – stomach insecticide eaten by insects, contact insecticides that penetrate blood through skin and fumigant insecticides insects breathe in
Sentence 3 :
Consequence and precaution – stomach insecticides most harmful and need careful use

Question 2.
All the great orators have had a gift for remembering words like that of a musician for remembering music. When Daniel Webster, a famous American orator and dictionary maker was a boy, his teacher held up, one Saturday morning, a shiny new jack-knife and promised it to the boy who would commit the most Bible verses to memory by Monday. Daniel came back on Monday and rattled off seventy verses before the astonished teacher handed him the jack-knife – must to Daniel’s disgust, for he still had several chapters to go.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
All the great orators have had a gift for remembering words like that of a musician for remembering music.
Sentence 2 :
Time and process – the teacher asked the boy to commit the most Bible verses to memory by Monday and promised him the jack-knife
Sentence 3 :
Cause and effect – Daniel rattled off seventy verses before the teacher gave him the jack-knife, but the former was disgusted for not committing several chapters to memory.

Question 3.
If you drink plenty of sea water you will soon be as thirsty and dehydrated as a man in a desert who has nothing to drink at all. This is because sea water cotains about 3.5 per cent minerals, about 1 per cent more than the kidneys can excrete normally with its own resources. Thus, if you drink one litre sea water, the kidneys will need 1.75 litres of water to dilute the minerals in the sea water before they can be excreted. This additional 0.75 litre water is taken from the body cells, and this results in dehydration.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
1f you drink plenty of seawater you will soon be as thirsty and dehydrated as a man in a desert who has nothing to drink at all.
Sentence 2 :
Effect – seawater contains 3.5% minerals, 1% more than kidneys can excrete normally of their own
Sentence 3 :
Exemplification – drinking one-litre sea water kidney needs 1.75 litres of water to dilute the minerals in the sea water before their excretion
Sentence 4 :
Cause and effect – extracting an additional 0.75 litre from body cells resulting in dehydration

Question 4.
Tapioca tubers which form part of the breakfast of a larger number of farmers in Kerala, are like sweet potatoes. The topioca tubers are peeled, boiled and eaten like sweet potatoes. There are, of course, many important differences between them. While sweet potatoes rarely grow more than ten centimetres, long tapioca tubers can grow thirty centimetres. Sweet potatoes have a thin, pink or white skin whereas tapioca tubers have a thin brown skin and under it a thicker, whitish skin.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
Tapioca tubers which form part of the breakfast of a larger number of farmers in Kerala, are like sweet potatoes.
Sentence 2 :
Process – tapioca tubers – peeled, boiled and eaten like sweet potatoes
Sentences 3 & 4 :
Important differences between the two – sweet potatoes – short tapioca – long
Sentence :
Comparison – sweet potatoes – a thin, pink or white skin tapioca tubers thin brown skin, a thicker, whitish skin under it

Question 5.
Economics is the social science that studies how limited resources are distributed for unlimited and competing uses. It tries to find out what men and societies do to satisfy their material needs and desires, when the means they have are not enough to fulfil all their material desires.
Answer:
Topic Sentence and Definition :
Economics is the social science that studies how limited resources are distributed for unlimited and competing uses.
Sentence 2 :
Exemplication – a social science that deals with unlimited wants and limited resources of man It studies human behaviour in this respect

Question 6.
Building a good compfire involves a routine which the serious camper learns very early. Before trying to start a fire, the camper prepares a site. He clears an area with a radius of about ten feet to ensure that the fire will not spread. He then gathers the following materials : dry twigs, and some pine and spruce wood. In laying the fire, the camper first makes a small pile of grass in the centre of the fire site. He then stacks twigs in a pyramidal or I tepee shape around the grass. He usually starts the fire with matches, though the experienced camper can also start it by rubbing two sticks together if necessary. As the fire progresses, he adds small sticks of dry pine wood and then larger pieces as the fire spreads out and becomes hotter. When the fire is very hot and is thoroughly established, he adds spruce wood or another ^ long-burning wood if such is available. He takes care to add new wood to the fire stick by stick, for too many pieces assed at one time may put the I fire out or cause a lot of smoke. By following these steps, almost anyone can build a campfire successfully.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
Building a good compfire involves a routine which the serious camper learns very early. Before trying to start a fire, the camper prepares a site.
Sentences 2-7:
He clears … smoke clearing the area, gathering I dry tags, and so on
Sentence 8 :
Result Following these steps makes anyone build a successfl campfire

Question 7 .
Man has existed for about a million years. He has possessed writing for about 6000 years, agriculture some what longer, but perhaps not much longer. Science, as a dominant factor in determining the beliefs of educated men, has existed for about 300 years; as source of economic technique, for about 150 years. In this brief period it has proved itself an incredibly powerful revolutionary force. When we consider how recently it has risen to power, we find ourselves forced to believe that we are at the very beginning of its work in transforming human life. What its future effects will be is a matter of conjecture, but possibly a study of its effects hitherto may make the conjecture a little less hazardous.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
Science, as a dominant factor in determining the beliefs of educated men, has existed for about 300 years; as source of economic technique, for about 150 years.
Now let us look at the order in which the facts are presented in the paragraphs.
(a) when man appeared on earth : 10,00,000 years ago
(b) when he learnt to write : 600 years ago
(c) when modem science began : 300 years ago
(d) when science began to provide technique : 150 years ago
(e) the future of science
The statements are placed in order of time. This arrangement can be used in explaining a process or in narrative writing.

Question 8
She led me into a cold dark room, rough and very gloomy, although with two candles burning. I took little heed of the things in it, though I marked that the window was open. That which I heeded was an old man, very stem, with death upon his countenance; yet not lying in his bed, but set upright in a chair, with .a loose red cloak thrown over him. Upon this his white hair fell and his pale fingers lay in a ghastly fashion, without a sign of life or movement, or of the power that kept him up; all rigid, calm, relentless. Only in his great black eyes, fixed upon me solemnly, all the poser of his body dwelt, all the life of his soul was burning.
Answer:
Topic Sentence :
She led me into a cold dark room, rough and very gloomy, although with two candles burning.
Let us look at the order in which the facts are presented in the paragraph.
(a) The author’s eye falls upon the ‘cold, dark room’, ‘the candles’, ‘the windows’.
(b) Next he notices the man, his posture (‘stem’, ‘solemnly’, ‘death upon his countenance’), and his dress (loose and cloak)
(c) Then he notices his features : his hair (white) and his fingers (pale).
(d) Finally his most striking eyes in which ‘his soul was burning’. Here the writer follows a spatial arrangement.

Activity 17

Now, using each of the above paragraphs as a model, write a similar paragraph, (the question for each paragraph is meant go guide you in writing a similar paragraph.)

Question 1.
How many types of insecticides does the writer mention ?
Answer:
The writer mentions three types of insecticides.
Task : Now write a similar paragraph based on these hints.
Mineral rock that bums – five kinds
(i) anthracite – hardest and blackest – cleanest – greatest heat
(ii) cannel – less hard, dull black, clean bright flame
(iii) bituminous – less hard, bums easily but lot of dust and smoke
(iv) lignite – brown and moist, not difficult to bum and smoke
(v) peat – brown, : good heat once dried and burned
Answer:
There are five kinds of mineral rocks that bum. The first is anthracite which is the hardest, blackest and cleanest of all. The heat that it gives is the greatest. The second of its kind is cannel which is less hard and its colour is dull black. This burning mineral rock gives clean bright flame. Then there is bituminous which is equally less hard. It bums without any problem, but gives off lot of dust and smoke. The fourth kind of burning mineral rock is ignite which is brown and moist. It is easy to bum and smoke. The last of all is peat which is brown in colour. This mineral once dried and burned gives us good heat.

Question 2.
Why has the writer mentioned the incident from Daniel Webster’s life ? Now write a similar paragraph.
Answer:
The writer has mentioned the incident from Daniel Webster’s life to bring home his talent as an orator. Rames is a musician, but he is endowed with a gift of remembering words like great orators. When he was a boy, his teacher held up, one Monday afternoon a beautiful guitar and promised it to him who would give a lilting tune to his song within three hours. He rose to the occasion and his teacher’s astonishment knew no bounds. He handed the boy the guitar, but the latter was not vexed, for he would have given still a sweeter music to his teacher’s song.

Question 3.
What is the effect of drinking sea water ?
Answer:
Drinking sea water will make a person thirsty and dehydrated at once.
Task : Your cricket team lost the first match of a tournament. As the captain you have to give a report on your failure to the manager. Your paragraph should include lack of discipline, disobedience, lack of cooperation, lack of fitness, injury, lack of good food and proper accommodation as reasons for your losing the match.
Answer:
Unfortunately, Eleven Gun team has lost its first match of the tournament against Cuttack Cricket Club. The captain of the team apprises his manager of the cause of his team’s dismal failure. He attributes lack of discipline, disobedience, lack of co¬operation among players. Besides other factors, such as, lack of players’ fitness, lack of good food and proper accommodation contribute to the team’s debacle.

Question 4.
How is tapioca similar to sweet potatoes ?
Answer:
Tapioca is similar to sweet potatoes in terms of peeling, boiling and eating.
Task : Khaitan fans look similar to Orient fans – 3 blades – instant pick-up – but differences – angle of blades – pushes more air out – uses less power – double ball bearings – smooth and noiseless.
Answer:
Khaitan fans look similar to Orient fans with three blades and instant pick¬up. But there are glancing differences between the two. They have dissimilar angle of blades. Khaitan fan pushes more air out, uses less power. It has double ball bearings. Above all, it is smoother and natural. People understandably prefer Khaitan fans to Orient ones.

Question 5.
What is Economics ?
Answer:
Economics, a social science, deals with how limited resources are distributed for unlimited and competing uses.
Task : Lie detector doesn’t detect lies – detects emotional changes, catches in breath,blood pressure, pulse rate etc. – suspect’s connection with wife – answer questions – some innocent questions – some important questions at unexpected moments.
Answer:
Lie detector doesn’t detect lies. Instead, it detects a person’s emotional changes. It catches in his breath. Not only does it know his blood pressure and pulse rate, but also it studies his body language to the core. It finds the person in a very unpleasant mood by asking him some unexpected and unnatural questions, such as his relation with other women, etc. At times, a lie detector asks him some innocent questions such as the rationale behind his childish simplicity and so on. It also wants to detect his dreams, hopes and aspirations at a time when he is not ready to answer them because of some unavoidable circumstances.

Question 6.
What should a camper do to make a camp-fire ?
Answer:
A camper should prepare a site before starting a camp fire and then follows several steps beginning from gathering twigs to adding new wood to the fire stick by stick for the purpose.
Task : Write a paragraph on how to make a paper plane or a paper boat.
Answer:
Making a paper boat involves some steps. At first, we take a piece of paper. It should be of a standard size. Then we fold it in a manner that resembles a boat. We never cut the piece of paper. While folding the paper we see that its bottom becomes hollow, the middle portion is elevated a little and two sides look like those of a boat.

Question 7.
What are the first and last sentences of the paragraph ? What do the middle sentences say ?
Answer:
First sentence : Man has existed for about a million years.
Last sentence : What its future effects will be is a matter of conjecture, but possibly a study of its effects hitherto may take the conjecture a little less hazards. The middle sentences throw light on the dominance of science, though it has existed for about 300 years.
Task : A handful of important inventions have changed the course of the world – fire – copper – iron – steam – petrol – electricity. Write a paragraph on these important inventions.
Answer:
A handful of important inventions such as, fire, copper, iron, steam, petrol and electricity have changed the course of the world. Before the advent of fire, man didn’t how to cook food. With its emergence, he cooked his food. Other inventions have led to the industrial revolution. It resulted in machine civilisation. Electricity was the most important invention. Thanks to it, the age of machine started. Iron is instrumental in the construction of houses. Numerous necessary materials are made from it. These inventions made the world small and enhanced the people’s standard of life.

Question 8.
What does the writer see first ? What does he observe next ?
Answer:
The writer first sees ‘the cold, dark room’, ‘the candles’, ‘the windows’. Next he observes an old man, his posture and dress.
Task : Describe your classroom.
Answer:
My classroom is 35′ x 32′ in size. It has two doors on the same side. One door is at the beginning of the room and the other one is at the end of the room. Just opposite to the wall of doors there are four windows, each at a distance of 8′. Our classroom is on the first floor. We have double desks in the classroom. There is one rolling blackboard quite big and black.

There is a huge table called the teacher’s table and well-cushioned chair for the teacher. The classroom is decorated with charts and maps. It is kept clean and nothing is left on the floor. There are three electric fans each at a distance of eleven feet from the other. There are three shelves in our classroom. Last though not the least, it always looks beautiful.

Additional Question On Paragraph With Answers

Question 1.
Each group of sentences below belong to a paragraph, but they are not in proper order. Rewrite them in their correct order to form a coherent paragraph. On fullmoon day people flock to Agra to feast their eyes on this exquisite building which presents to their eyes a blend of beauty and poetry. They remember Shah Jahan, wo erected this monument to love and dedicated it to the memory of his queen, Mumtaz. Tourists who return from India carry indelible memories of their visit to Agra, the city of the Taj Mahal. They remember the glory of the Moghul Empire. Taj Mahal by moonlight is one of the most beautiful sights in the world.
Answer:
Tourists who return from India carry indelible memories of their visit to Agra, the city of the Taj Mahal. Taj Mahal by moonlight is one of the most beautiful sights in the world. On fullmoon day people flock to Agra to feast their eyes on this exquisite building which presents to their eyes a blend of beauty and poetry. They remember the glory of the Moghul Empire. They remember Shah Jahan, wo erected this monument to love and dedicated it to the memory of his queen, Mumtaz.

Question 2.
Write the following paragraph and point out its topic sentence. Making ropes is one of the oldest trades in the world we know that people made ropes more than 5,000 years ago because we have found pieces of rope in very old Egyptian tombs. They made some of these from the hair of camels. They have made others from twisted glass. People use them for tying animals for getting water from deep wells and for pulling large stones which they used in buildings. We have found too, ropes were made of thin copper wire in the city of Pompeii, which a volcano destroyed a little less than 2,000 years ago.
Answer:
Topic sentence:
Making ropes is one of the oldest trades in the world.

Question 3.
Complete the following paragraph by filling in each blank with the right connectives from the list. In addition, for instance, probably, or, because ___________ the most terrible example of superstitions is the belief in witchcraft. In Western Europe, during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, three-quarters of a million people were killed, mostly after being tortured, ___________ they were found guilty of witchcraft something for which today we can find no scientific evidence. When people give reasons for persecuting others, we ought to be very sure that their reasons are not merely superstitions, ___________ based on false principles __________ even the civilised nations today, many actions take place and laws are made on the basis of principles which are just as much unproved assumptions as we many of these of the philosophies of the middle ages. ____________ by nature, it is often held as a principle that white people are superior to people of other colours.
Answer:
probably, because, or, in addition, for instance.

Question 4.
What is wrong in the following paragraph?
It is a matter of surprise, a very great surprise indeed, that when we are about to enter the twenty-first century, some of us still believe in superstitions and in the superiority of one set of people over another. For example, some of the whites of South Africa firmly believe that as a race, they are infinite to the block or the Broncos. Mahatma Gandhi fought all through his life for the unity of Hindus and Muslims.
Answer:
The above paragraph is wrong because the last sentence does not match its context.

Question 5.
Re-arrange the sentences in the following paragraph so as to make them meaningful. Indicate the sequences of sentences by their numbers.
1. The rocky material carried by a river is called its load.
2. A river carries its load by rolling the rocks and large stones along its bed, while the finer rock pieces are carried by the water.
3. The river wears away the surface of the land over which it flows.
4. As it is pulled along, the load is slowly broken up into smaller and smaller pieces.
5. The load which a river carries rubs against the sides and the bed or the floor of the river and wears them away.
Answer:
3, 1, 5, 4, 2.